e10vk
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM 10-K
FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ |
|
ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005
OR
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR
15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. |
For the transition period from to
Commission file number: 000-49850
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
95-4388794 |
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
|
|
|
2525 East El Segundo Boulevard |
|
|
El Segundo, California
|
|
90245 |
|
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
|
|
(Zip Code) |
Registrants telephone number, including area code: (310) 536-0611
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed
by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 on Regulation
S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrants knowledge,
in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form
10-K or in any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange
Act Rule 12b-2). Yes þ No o
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was
approximately $309,818,617 as of July 1, 2005 (the last business day of the registrants most
recently completed second fiscal quarter) based upon the closing price of the registrants common
stock on the Nasdaq National Market reported for July 1, 2005. Shares of common stock held by each
executive officer and director and by each person who, as of such date, may be deemed to have
beneficially owned more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock have been excluded in that such
persons may be deemed to be affiliates of the registrant under certain circumstances. This
determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination of affiliate status
for any other purpose.
22,677,627 shares of the registrants common stock, par value $0.01 per share, were
outstanding at August 5, 2005.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
None.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXPLANATORY NOTE
On February 8, 2005, the board of directors of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation (referred to as the
Company or we) concluded that the previously issued financial statements contained in our
Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002
should not be relied upon because of errors in those financial statements and that we would restate
these financial statements to make the necessary accounting corrections.
The consolidated balance sheet at December 28, 2003, and the consolidated statements of operations,
consolidated statements of stockholders equity (deficit) and the consolidated statements of cash
flows for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002 and December 28, 2003 in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K have been restated. We also have restated our quarterly financial information for fiscal
2003 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2004 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See
Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements in Item 8, Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data for additional information on the restatement.
2
PART I
ITEM 1: BUSINESS
General
Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation is a leading sporting goods retailer in the western United
States, operating 309 stores in 10 states under the Big 5 Sporting Goods name at January 2, 2005.
We provide a full-line product offering in a traditional sporting goods store format that averages
approximately 11,000 square feet. Our product mix includes athletic shoes, apparel and
accessories, as well as a broad selection of outdoor and athletic equipment for team sports,
fitness, camping, hunting, fishing, tennis, golf, snowboarding and in-line skating.
We believe that over the past 50 years we have developed a reputation with the competitive and
recreational sporting goods customer as a convenient neighborhood sporting goods retailer that
consistently delivers value on quality merchandise. Our stores carry a wide range of products at
competitive prices from well-known brand name manufacturers, including Nike, Reebok, adidas, New
Balance, Wilson, Spalding and Columbia. We also offer brand name merchandise produced exclusively
for us, private label merchandise and specials on quality items we purchased through opportunistic
buys of vendor over-stock and close-out merchandise. We reinforce our value reputation through
weekly print advertising in major and local newspapers and mailers designed to generate customer
traffic, drive net sales and build brand awareness.
Robert W. Miller co-founded our company in 1955 with the establishment of five retail
locations in California. We sold World War II surplus items until 1963, when we began focusing
exclusively on sporting goods and changed our trade name to Big 5 Sporting Goods. In 1971, we
were acquired by Thrifty Corporation, which was subsequently purchased by Pacific Enterprises. In
1992, management bought our company in conjunction with Green Equity Investors, L.P., an affiliate
of Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. In 1997, Robert W. Miller, Steven G. Miller and Green Equity
Investors, L.P. recapitalized our company so that the majority of our common stock would be owned
by our management and employees.
In June 2002, we completed an initial public offering (IPO) of 8.1 million shares of common
stock, of which 1.6 million shares were sold by selling stockholders. In July 2002, our
underwriters exercised their right to purchase an additional 1.2 million shares through their
over-allotment option, of which 0.5 million shares were sold by selling stockholders. With net
proceeds of $76.1 million from the offering and total net proceeds of $84.0 million after exercise
of the underwriters over-allotment option, and together with borrowings under our credit facility,
we redeemed all of our outstanding 13.45% senior discount notes due 2008 and 13.45% senior
exchangeable preferred stock, paid bonuses to executive officers and directors which were funded by
a reduction in the redemption price of our preferred stock and repurchased 0.5 million shares of
our common stock from non-executive employees.
Our accumulated management experience and expertise in sporting goods merchandising,
advertising, operations and store development have enabled us to generate consistent, profitable
growth. As of January 2, 2005, we have realized 36 consecutive quarterly increases in same store
sales over comparable prior periods. All but one of our stores open at least one year has
generated positive store-level operating profit in each of the past five fiscal years. In fiscal
2004, we generated net sales of $782.2 million, operating income
of $64.2 million, net income of
$33.5 million and diluted earnings per share of $1.47, in each case measured in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP). Fiscal 2004 net income
included a debt redemption charge of $1.2 million, net of taxes, or $0.06 per diluted share. For
the past five fiscal years, our net sales and operating income have increased at compounded annual
growth rates of 8.7% and 15.1%, respectively. We believe our success can be attributed to one of
the most experienced management teams in the sporting goods industry, a value-based and
execution-driven operating philosophy, a controlled growth strategy and a proven business model.
We are a holding company incorporated in Delaware on October 31, 1997. We conduct our
business through Big 5 Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary incorporated in Delaware on October 27,
1997. As of the beginning of fiscal 2004, we conduct our gift card operations through Big 5
Services Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of Big 5 Corp. incorporated in Virginia on December 19,
2003.
3
Our Internet address is www.big5sportinggoods.com. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports
filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
are available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such
material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
Expansion and Store Development
Throughout our operating history, we have sought to expand our business with the addition of
new stores through a disciplined strategy of controlled growth. Our expansion within and beyond
California has been systematic and designed to capitalize on our name recognition, economical store
format and economies of scale related to distribution and advertising. Over the past five fiscal
years, we have opened 82 stores, an average of 16 new stores annually, of which 70% were outside of
California. The following table illustrates the results of our expansion program during the
periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Stores |
|
Year |
|
California |
|
|
Markets |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Stores Relocated |
|
|
Stores Closed |
|
|
at Period End |
|
2000 |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
249 |
|
2001 |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
260 |
|
2002 |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
275 |
|
2003 |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
293 |
|
2004 |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
309 |
|
Our format enables us to have substantial flexibility regarding new store locations. We have
successfully operated stores in major metropolitan areas and in areas with as few as 60,000 people.
Our 11,000 square foot store format differentiates us from superstores that typically average over
35,000 square feet, require larger target markets, are more expensive to operate and require higher
net sales per store for profitability.
New store openings represent attractive investment opportunities due to the relatively low
investment required and the relatively short time necessary before our stores become profitable.
Our store format requires investments of approximately $0.4 million in fixtures and equipment and
approximately $0.4 million in net working capital with limited pre-opening and real estate expenses
related to leased locations that are built to our specifications. We seek to maximize new store
performance by staffing new store management with experienced personnel from our existing stores.
Based on our operating experience, a new store typically achieves store-level return on investment
of approximately 40% in its first full fiscal year of operation.
Our in-house store development personnel, who have opened an average of 16 stores during each
of the past 5 fiscal years, analyze new store locations with the assistance of real estate firms
that specialize in retail properties. We have identified numerous expansion opportunities to
further penetrate our established markets, develop recently entered markets and expand into new,
contiguous markets with attractive demographic, competitive and economic profiles. We opened 18
new stores, two of which were relocations, in fiscal 2004 and expect to open 16 to 20 new stores in
fiscal 2005.
Management Experience
We believe the experience, commitment and tenure of our professional staff drive our superior
execution and strong operating performance and give us a substantial competitive advantage. The
table below describes the tenure of our professional staff in some of our key functional areas as
of January 2, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Number of Years |
|
|
|
Employees |
|
|
With Us |
|
Senior Management |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
Vice Presidents |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
Buying Team |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
Store District / Division Supervisors |
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
Store Managers |
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
4
Merchandising
We target the competitive and recreational sporting goods customer with a full-line product
offering at a wide variety of price points. We offer a product mix that includes athletic shoes,
apparel and accessories, as well as a broad selection of outdoor and athletic equipment for team
sports, fitness, camping, hunting, fishing, tennis, golf, snowboarding and in-line skating. As a
key element of our long history of success, we offer consistent value to consumers by offering a
distinctive merchandise mix that includes a combination of well-known brand name merchandise,
merchandise produced exclusively for us under a manufacturers brand name, private label
merchandise and specials on quality items we purchased through opportunistic buys of vendor
over-stock and close-out merchandise.
We believe we enjoy significant advantages in making opportunistic buys of vendor over-stock
and close-out merchandise because of our strong vendor relationships and rapid decision-making
process. Although vendor over-stock and close-out merchandise typically represent only
approximately 15% of our net sales, our weekly advertising highlights these items together with
merchandise produced exclusively for us under a manufacturers brand name in order to reinforce our
reputation as a retailer that offers attractive values to our customers.
The following table illustrates our mix of hard goods, which are durable items such as fishing
rods and golf clubs, and soft goods, which are non-durable items such as shirts and shoes, as a
percentage of net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year |
|
|
|
2001 |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Soft Goods |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Athletic and sport apparel |
|
|
16.5 |
% |
|
|
15.9 |
% |
|
|
16.1 |
% |
|
|
16.2 |
% |
Athletic and sport footwear |
|
|
30.3 |
|
|
|
30.8 |
|
|
|
30.4 |
|
|
|
30.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total soft goods |
|
|
46.8 |
|
|
|
46.7 |
|
|
|
46.5 |
|
|
|
46.7 |
|
Hard goods |
|
|
53.2 |
|
|
|
53.3 |
|
|
|
53.5 |
|
|
|
53.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We purchase our popular branded merchandise from an extensive list of major sporting goods
equipment, athletic footwear and apparel manufacturers. Below is a selection of some of the brands
we carry:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
adidas
|
|
Crosman
|
|
Icon (Proform)
|
|
Rawlings
|
|
Shimano |
Asics
|
|
Easton
|
|
JanSport
|
|
Razor
|
|
Spalding |
Bausch & Lomb
|
|
Everlast
|
|
K2
|
|
Reebok
|
|
Speedo |
Browning
|
|
Fila
|
|
Lifetime
|
|
Remington
|
|
Timex |
Bushnell
|
|
Footjoy
|
|
Mizuno
|
|
Rockport
|
|
Titleist |
Casio
|
|
Franklin
|
|
New Balance
|
|
Rollerblade
|
|
Under Armour |
Coleman
|
|
Head
|
|
Nike
|
|
Russell Athletic
|
|
Wilson |
Columbia
|
|
Hillerich & Bradsby
|
|
Prince
|
|
Saucony
|
|
Zebco |
We also offer a variety of private label merchandise to complement our branded product
offerings. Our private label items include shoes, apparel, golf equipment, binoculars, camping
equipment and fishing supplies. Private label merchandise is sold under our owned labels Fives,
Court Casuals, Sport Essentials, Rugged Exposure, Golden Bear, Pacifica, and South Bay, in addition
to labels licensed from a third party, including Kemper, Body Glove, Field and Stream and Hi-Tec.
Through our 50 years of experience across different demographic, economic and competitive
markets, we have refined our merchandising strategy to increase net sales by offering a selection
of products that meets customer demands while effectively managing inventory levels. In terms of
category selection, we believe our merchandise offering compares favorably to our competitors,
including the superstores. Our edited selection of products enables customers to comparison shop
without being overwhelmed by a large number of different products in any one category. We further
tailor our merchandise selection on a store-by-store basis in order to satisfy each regions
specific needs and seasonal buying habits.
5
Our buying team, who average 17 years of experience with us, work closely with senior
management to determine the product selection, promotion and pricing of our merchandise mix.
Management utilizes an integrated merchandising, distribution, point-of-sale and financial
information system to continuously refine our merchandise mix, pricing strategy, advertising
effectiveness and inventory levels to best serve the needs of our customers.
Advertising
Through years of targeted advertising, we have solidified our reputation for offering quality
products at attractive prices. We have advertised almost exclusively through weekly print
advertisements since 1955. We typically utilize four-page color advertisements to highlight
promotions across our merchandise categories. We believe our print advertising, which includes the
weekly distribution of over 14 million newspaper inserts or mailers, consistently reaches more
households in our established markets than that of our full-line sporting goods competitors. The
consistency and reach of our print advertising programs drive sales and create high customer
awareness of the name Big 5 Sporting Goods.
We use our professional in-house advertising staff rather than an outside advertising agency
to generate our advertisements, including design, layout, production and media management. Our
in-house advertising department provides management the flexibility to react quickly to merchandise
trends and to maximize the effectiveness of our weekly inserts and mailers. We are able to
effectively target different population zones for our advertising expenditures. We place inserts
in over 150 newspapers throughout our markets, supplemented in many areas by mailer distributions
to create market saturation.
Vendor Relationships
We have developed strong vendor relationships over the past 50 years. In fiscal 2004, no
single vendor represented greater than 6.2% of total purchases. We believe current relationships
with our vendors are good. We benefit from the long-term working relationships that our senior
management and our buyers have carefully nurtured throughout our history.
Management Information Systems
We have fully integrated management information systems that track, on a daily basis,
individual sales transactions at each store, inventory receiving and distribution, merchandise
movement and financial information. The management information system also includes a local area
network that connects all corporate users to electronic mail, scheduling and the host system. The
host system and our stores point-of sale terminals are linked by a network that provides satellite
communications for credit card, in-house tender authorization, and daily polling of sales and
merchandise movement at the store level. We believe our management information systems are
efficiently supporting our current operations and provide a foundation for future growth.
Distribution
We maintain a 435,000 square foot leased distribution center in Fontana, California that
services all of our stores. The distribution center is fully integrated with our management
information systems that provide warehousing and distribution capabilities. The distribution
center was constructed in 1990 and warehouses the majority of the merchandise carried in our
stores. We estimate that at least 98% of all store merchandise is received from this distribution
center. We distribute merchandise from the distribution center to our stores at least once a week,
Monday through Saturday, using a fleet of 39 leased and two owned tractors, as well as contract
carriers. Our lease for the distribution center has an initial term that expires in 2006 and
includes three additional five-year renewal options. In August 2002, we leased an additional
136,000 square foot satellite distribution center to handle seasonal merchandise and returns; in
June 2004 the lease was amended to reduce the amount of space leased to 110,700 square feet. The
lease for the satellite distribution center expired in June 2005.
Due to limited capacity at the current distribution center, we entered into a 10-year lease
with three five-year renewal options for a replacement distribution center in Riverside, California
in the second quarter of fiscal 2004. Construction began on the new distribution center in the
third quarter of fiscal 2004. It will have approximately 953,132 square feet of storage and office
space. We anticipate completion of construction and the
6
start of the transition to the new distribution center late in the third quarter of fiscal
2005, with completion of the transition expected in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 and anticipate
the total capital investment for the new distribution center will be approximately $22.5 million,
of which $8.2 million had been expended as of January 2, 2005.
Industry and Competition
The retail market for sporting goods is highly competitive. In general, our competitors tend
to fall into the following five basic categories:
Traditional Sporting Goods Stores. This category consists of traditional sporting goods
chains, including us. These stores range in size from 5,000 to 20,000 square feet and are
frequently located in regional malls and multi-store shopping centers. The traditional chains
typically carry a varied assortment of merchandise and attempt to position themselves as convenient
neighborhood stores. Sporting goods retailers operating stores within this category include
Hibbetts and Modells.
Mass Merchandisers. This category includes discount retailers such as Wal-Mart, Target and
Kmart and department stores such as JC Penney, Sears and Kohls. These stores range in size from
approximately 50,000 to 200,000 square feet and are primarily located in regional malls, shopping
centers or free-standing sites. Sporting goods merchandise and apparel represent a small portion
of the total merchandise in these stores and the selection is often more limited than in other
sporting goods retailers. Although generally price competitive, discount and department stores
typically have limited customer service in their sporting goods departments.
Specialty Sporting Goods Stores. Specialty sporting goods retailers include specialty shops
and are frequently located in malls or strip centers. Examples of these retailers include Foot
Locker, Golfsmith, Bass Pro Shops, Gander Mountain and REI. These retailers also include pro shops
that often are single-store operations. Specialty sporting goods retailers typically carry a wide
assortment of one specific product category, such as athletic shoes, golf, or outdoor equipment and
generally have higher prices than full-line sporting goods retailers.
Sporting Goods Superstores. Stores in this category typically are larger than 35,000 square
feet and tend to be freestanding locations. These stores emphasize high volume sales and a large
number of stock keeping units. Examples include Sport Chalet, Dicks Sporting Goods and The Sports
Authority, Inc., as well as its other operating units, Oshmans, Sportmart and Gart Sports Company.
Catalog and Internet Based Retailers. This category consists of numerous retailers that
sell a broad array of new and used sporting goods products via catalogs or the Internet, including
Cabelas and Nike.com.
We compete successfully with each of the competitors discussed above by focusing on what we
believe are the primary factors of competition in the sporting goods retail industry. These
factors include experienced and knowledgeable personnel; customer service; breadth, depth, price
and quality of merchandise offered; advertising; purchasing and pricing policies; effective sales
techniques; direct involvement of senior officers in monitoring store operations; management
information systems and store location and format.
Employees
We manage our stores through regional, district and store-based personnel. Our Senior Vice
President of Store Operations has general oversight responsibility for all of our stores. Field
supervision is led by five regional supervisors who report directly to the Vice President of Store
Operations and who oversee 29 district supervisors. The district supervisors are each responsible
for an average of 11 stores. Each of our stores has a store manager who is responsible for all
aspects of store operations and who reports directly to a district supervisor. In addition, each
store has at least two assistant managers, at least one full-time cashier, at least one management
trainee and a complement of full and part-time associates.
As of January 2, 2005, we had approximately 7,166 full and part-time employees. The Steel,
Paper House, Chemical Drivers & Helpers, Local Union 578, affiliated with the International
Brotherhood of Teamsters, currently represents 488 hourly employees in our distribution center and
some of our retail personnel in our stores.
7
In September 2000,
we negotiated two contracts with Local 578 covering these employees. In August
2004 we negotiated an extension to the contract with Local 578 covering employees at our
distribution center and that contract now expires on August 31,
2006. In July 2005, we negotiated a one-year extension to the
contract with our store employees represented by Local 578 and that contract will now
expire on August 31, 2006. We have
not had a strike or work stoppage in the last 24 years. We believe we provide working conditions
and wages that are comparable to those offered by other retailers in the sporting goods industry
and that our employee relations are good.
Employee Training
We have developed a comprehensive training program that is tailored for each store position.
All employees are given an orientation and reference materials that stress excellence in customer
service and selling skills. All full-time employees, including salespeople, cashiers and
management trainees, receive additional training specific to their job responsibilities. Our
tiered curriculum includes seminars, individual instruction and performance evaluations to promote
consistency in employee development. The manager trainee schedule provides seminars on operational
responsibilities such as merchandising strategy, loss prevention and inventory control. Ongoing
store management training includes topics such as advanced merchandising, delegation, personnel
management, scheduling, payroll control and loss prevention.
We also provide unique opportunities for our employees to gain knowledge about our products.
These opportunities include hands-on training seminars and a sporting goods product expo. At the
sporting goods product expo, our vendors set up booths where full-time store employees from every
store receive intensive training on the products we carry. We believe this event is a successful
program for both training and motivating our employees.
Description of Service Marks and Trademarks
We use the Big 5 and Big 5 Sporting Goods names as service marks in connection with our
business operations and have registered these names as federal service marks. These service marks
are due for renewal in 2005 and 2013, respectively. We have also registered Court Casuals, Golden
Bear, Pacifica, Rugged Exposure and South Bay as federal trademarks under which we sell a variety
of merchandise. The renewal dates for these trademark registrations range from 2008 to 2013. We
believe we will be successful in renewing the service mark registration scheduled for renewal in
2005.
8
ITEM 2: PROPERTIES
Properties
Our corporate headquarters are located at 2525 East El Segundo Boulevard, El Segundo,
California 90245 where we lease approximately 54,787 square feet of office and adjoining retail
space. The lease expires in February 2009.
We currently lease a 435,000 square foot distribution center in Fontana, California. In
addition, at the end of fiscal year 2004 we leased a 110,700 square foot satellite distribution
center in Fontana, California to handle seasonal merchandise and returns. The primary distribution
center lease expires in March 2006 and has three renewal options of five years each. The lease for
the satellite distribution center expired in June 2005. In April 2004 we signed an operating lease
agreement for a new distribution facility in order to facilitate our store growth and to replace
our existing distribution centers. The new distribution facility is located in Riverside,
California and will have approximately 953,132 square feet of warehouse and office space. We
anticipate completion of construction and the start of the transition to the new distribution
center late in the third quarter of fiscal 2005, with completion of the transition expected in the
first quarter of fiscal 2006. The initial lease expires in 2015 and has three renewal options for
five years each.
We lease all but one of our retail store sites. Most of our long-term leases contain
fixed-price renewal options and the average lease expiration term
from inception of our new store
leases, taking into account renewal options, is approximately 25 years. Of the total store leases,
26 are due to expire in the next five years without renewal options.
Our Stores
Throughout our history, we have focused on operating traditional, full-line sporting goods
stores. Our stores generally range from 8,000 to 15,000 square feet and average approximately
11,000 square feet. Our typical store is located in either a free-standing street location or a
multi-store shopping center. Our numerous convenient locations and accessible store format
encourage frequent customer visits. In fiscal 2004, we processed approximately 24.6 million sales
transactions and our average transaction size was approximately $31.
Our store format has resulted in productivity levels that we believe are among the highest of
any full-line sporting goods retailer, with net sales per gross
square foot of approximately $238
for fiscal 2004. Our high net sales per square foot combined with our efficient store-level
operations and low store maintenance costs allow us to generate consistently strong store-level
returns. All but one of our stores open at least a year have generated positive store-level
operating profit in each of the past five fiscal years In addition, we have never closed a store
due to poor performance. The following table details our store locations as of January 2, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year |
|
|
Number |
|
|
Percentage of Total |
|
Regions |
|
Entered |
|
|
Of Stores |
|
|
Number of Stores |
|
California: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Southern California |
|
|
1955 |
|
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
30.7 |
% |
Northern California |
|
|
1972 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
25.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total California |
|
|
|
|
|
|
174 |
|
|
|
56.3 |
|
Washington |
|
|
1984 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
11.7 |
|
Arizona |
|
|
1993 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
8.1 |
|
Oregon |
|
|
1995 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
Texas |
|
|
1995 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
Nevada |
|
|
1978 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
Utah |
|
|
1997 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
New Mexico |
|
|
1995 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
Idaho |
|
|
1994 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
Colorado |
|
|
2001 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
ITEM 3: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
On August 12, 2005, the Company was served with a complaint filed in the California Superior
Court in the County of Los Angeles, entitled William Childers v. Sandra N. Bane, et al., Case No.
BC337945 (Childers), alleging breach of fiduciary duty, violation of our bylaws and unjust
enrichment by certain executive officers. This complaint was brought both as a purported
stockholder class action and as a purported derivative action on behalf of the Company against all
of the members of our board of directors and certain executive officers. The complaint alleges
that our directors breached their fiduciary duties and violated our bylaws by, among other things,
failing to hold an annual stockholders meeting on a timely basis and allegedly ignoring certain
unspecified internal control problems, and that certain executive officers were unjustly enriched
by their receipt of certain compensation items. The complaint seeks an order requiring that an
annual meeting of our stockholders be held, an award of unspecified damages in favor of the Company
and against the individual defendants and an award of attorneys
fees. The Company believes that the complaint is without merit and
intends to defend the suit vigorously. An adverse result in this
litigation could harm our financial condition and results of operations, and the costs of defending
this litigation could have a negative impact on our results of operations. The Company has
indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers. These agreements,
among other things, provide for indemnification of the Companys directors and executive officers
for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or
proceeding arising out of such persons services as a director or executive officer or at our
request, including as a result of this complaint, if the applicable director or executive officer
acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the Company.
In addition, we are from time to time involved in routine litigation incidental to the conduct
of our business. We regularly review all pending litigation matters in which we are involved and
establish reserves deemed appropriate under generally accepted accounting principles for such
litigation matters. We believe no other litigation currently pending against us will have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of operations.
ITEM 4: SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of
fiscal 2004.
10
PART II
|
|
|
ITEM 5: |
|
MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF
EQUITY SECURITIES. |
Our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, has traded on The Nasdaq Stock Markets National
Market since June 25, 2002. It normally trades under the symbol BGFV. Since April 11, 2005, our
common stock has traded under the symbol BGFVE because we did not comply with Nasdaqs listing
qualification standards as described below and our common stock is therefore subject to delisting
from the Nasdaq National Market. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices for
our common stock as reported by The Nasdaq Stock Markets National Market during fiscal years 2003
and 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
Fiscal Period |
|
High |
|
|
Low |
|
|
High |
|
|
Low |
|
First Quarter |
|
$ |
25.62 |
|
|
$ |
20.94 |
|
|
$ |
11.73 |
|
|
$ |
8.34 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
$ |
28.12 |
|
|
$ |
22.63 |
|
|
$ |
14.42 |
|
|
$ |
11.03 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
$ |
26.76 |
|
|
$ |
18.86 |
|
|
$ |
17.28 |
|
|
$ |
12.58 |
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
$ |
29.42 |
|
|
$ |
22.40 |
|
|
$ |
22.17 |
|
|
$ |
15.05 |
|
As
of September 2, 2005, the closing price for our common stock as reported on The Nasdaq Stock
Markets National Market was
$24.19.
As
of August 5, 2005, there were 22,677,627 shares of common stock outstanding held by
approximately 140 holders of record.
On April 4, 2005, we announced that we did not file our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended January 2, 2005 (the 2004 Form 10-K) with the SEC by April 4, 2005, the
extended deadline established in our Form 12b-25 filing with the SEC on March 18, 2005. In
addition, on June 1, 2005, we announced that we did not file our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2005 (the first quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q) by the May 13,
2005 deadline. On August 15, 2005, we announced that we did not file our Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2005 (the second quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q) by the
August 12, 2005 deadline. As a result, we received notices of determinations by Nasdaqs Listing
Qualifications Staff that we failed to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq Marketplace Rule
4310(c)(14) for continued listing of our common stock due to the delayed filing of our 2004 Form
10-K, our first quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q and our second quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q. On
June 1, 2005, we received an extension from the Nasdaq Listing Qualifications Panel (the Panel)
until August 12, 2005 to file our 2004 Form 10-K and our first quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q and to
continue the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market pending such filings. We
were not able to file our 2004 Form 10-K or our first quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q within the
extension period granted by the Panel. On August 25, 2005, we received an additional extension
from the Panel until August 31, 2005 to file our 2004 Form 10-K and until September 30, 2005 to
file our first quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q and our second quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q and to
continue the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq National
Market pending such filings. We filed our 2004 Form 10-K
on September 6, 2005.
Dividend Policy
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 we declared our first ever cash dividend, at an annual
rate of $0.28 per share of outstanding common stock. The first quarterly payment, of $0.07 per
share, was paid on December 15, 2004, to stockholders of record as of December 1, 2004. Quarterly
payments of $0.07 per share were paid on March 15, 2005 and June 15, 2005, to stockholders of
record as of March 1, 2005, and June 1, 2005, respectively. An additional quarterly dividend has
been declared that will be paid on September 15, 2005 to stockholders of record on September 1, 2005.
All payments of cash dividends on our common stock will be dependent upon the ability of Big 5
Corp., our wholly owned subsidiary, to pay dividends or make cash payments or advances to us. The
financing agreement governing our term loan and revolving credit facility imposes restrictions on
Big 5 Corp.s ability to make these payments. For example, Big 5 Corp.s ability to pay dividends
or make other distributions to us, and thus our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock,
will depend upon, among other things, its level of indebtedness at the
11
time of the proposed dividend or distribution, whether it is in default under its financing
agreements and the amount of dividends or distributions made in the past. Our future dividend
policy will also depend on the requirements of any future financing agreements to which we may be a
party and other factors considered relevant by our board of directors, including the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which provides that dividends are only payable out of
surplus or current net profits.
Issuer Repurchases
No purchases of shares of our common stock were made by or on behalf of us or any of our
affiliated purchasers (as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) during
our fourth quarter ended January 2, 2005.
12
ITEM 6: SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The Balance Sheet Data for Fiscal 2003 and 2004 and the Statement of Operations Data for
Fiscal 2002, 2003, and 2004 presented below have been derived from our audited financial
statements. Our audited financial statements have been restated as further discussed in Note 2,
Prior Period Adjustment and Restatement, to the accompanying consolidated financial statements in
Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. The Balance Sheet Data for Fiscal 2000,
2001, and 2002 and the Statement of Operations Data for Fiscal 2000 and 2001 presented below have
been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements. Selected consolidated financial
data under the captions Store Data and Other Financial Data have been derived from the
unaudited internal records of our operations. The information contained in these tables should be
read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations appearing
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year (1)(2) |
|
|
|
2000 |
|
|
2001 |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share and certain store data) |
|
Statement of Operations Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
571,858 |
|
|
$ |
623,078 |
|
|
$ |
667,550 |
|
|
$ |
710,393 |
|
|
$ |
782,215 |
|
Cost of goods sold, buying and
occupancy, excluding depreciation and
amortization shown separately below |
|
|
377,808 |
|
|
|
409,860 |
|
|
|
429,170 |
|
|
|
455,601 |
|
|
|
496,633 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
194,050 |
|
|
|
213,218 |
|
|
|
238,380 |
|
|
|
254,792 |
|
|
|
285,582 |
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and administrative |
|
|
145,337 |
|
|
|
159,797 |
|
|
|
178,747 |
|
|
|
189,882 |
|
|
|
209,081 |
|
Litigation settlement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,515 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
9,464 |
|
|
|
10,262 |
|
|
|
10,038 |
|
|
|
10,826 |
|
|
|
12,296 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
154,801 |
|
|
|
172,574 |
|
|
|
188,785 |
|
|
|
200,708 |
|
|
|
221,377 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
39,249 |
|
|
|
40,644 |
|
|
|
49,595 |
|
|
|
54,084 |
|
|
|
64,205 |
|
Redemption premium (discount) and
unamortized financing fees related to
redemption of debt |
|
|
(148 |
) |
|
|
(2,662 |
) |
|
|
4,557 |
|
|
|
3,434 |
|
|
|
2,067 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
22,008 |
|
|
|
19,629 |
|
|
|
15,685 |
|
|
|
11,545 |
|
|
|
6,841 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
17,389 |
|
|
|
23,677 |
|
|
|
29,353 |
|
|
|
39,105 |
|
|
|
55,297 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
7.088 |
|
|
|
9,655 |
|
|
|
12,080 |
|
|
|
15,688 |
|
|
|
21,778 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
10,301 |
|
|
|
14,022 |
|
|
|
17,273 |
|
|
|
23,417 |
|
|
|
33,519 |
|
Redeemable preferred stock dividends |
|
|
6,400 |
|
|
|
7,284 |
|
|
|
7,999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common
stockholders |
|
$ |
3,901 |
|
|
$ |
6,738 |
|
|
$ |
9,274 |
|
|
$ |
23,417 |
|
|
$ |
33,519 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.29 |
|
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
$ |
0.51 |
|
|
$ |
1.03 |
|
|
$ |
1.48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
|
$ |
1.03 |
|
|
$ |
1.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends per share announced |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
0.07 |
|
Shares used to calculate earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
13,525 |
|
|
|
14,247 |
|
|
|
18,358 |
|
|
|
22,651 |
|
|
|
22,669 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
16,094 |
|
|
|
16,090 |
|
|
|
19,476 |
|
|
|
22,753 |
|
|
|
22,792 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year (1)(2) |
|
|
|
2000 |
|
|
2001 |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share and certain store data) |
|
Store Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Same store sales increase (3) |
|
|
6.6 |
% |
|
|
4.9 |
% |
|
|
3.9 |
% |
|
|
2.2 |
% |
|
|
3.9 |
% |
Net sales per gross square foot (4) |
|
$ |
217 |
|
|
$ |
224 |
|
|
$ |
227 |
|
|
$ |
227 |
|
|
$ |
238 |
|
End of period stores |
|
|
249 |
|
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
275 |
|
|
|
293 |
|
|
|
309 |
|
Average net sales per store (in thousands) (5) |
|
$ |
2,404 |
|
|
$ |
2,446 |
|
|
$ |
2,541 |
|
|
$ |
2,543 |
|
|
$ |
2,625 |
|
|
Other Financial Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross margin |
|
|
33.9 |
% |
|
|
34.2 |
% |
|
|
35.7 |
% |
|
|
35.9 |
% |
|
|
36.5 |
% |
Capital expenditures |
|
$ |
11,787 |
|
|
$ |
10,739 |
|
|
$ |
10,999 |
|
|
$ |
11,226 |
|
|
$ |
21,445 |
|
Inventory turns (6) |
|
|
2.1x |
|
|
|
2.3x |
|
|
|
2.4x |
|
|
|
2.4x |
|
|
|
2.5x |
|
|
Balance Sheet Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
3,753 |
|
|
$ |
7,865 |
|
|
$ |
9,441 |
|
|
$ |
9,030 |
|
|
$ |
6,746 |
|
Working capital (7) |
|
$ |
77,362 |
|
|
$ |
76,177 |
|
|
$ |
87,576 |
|
|
$ |
82,013 |
|
|
$ |
80,893 |
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
260,919 |
|
|
$ |
260,390 |
|
|
$ |
266,903 |
|
|
$ |
281,736 |
|
|
$ |
310,665 |
|
Total debt |
|
$ |
172,098 |
|
|
$ |
153,351 |
|
|
$ |
125,131 |
|
|
$ |
99,686 |
|
|
$ |
81,335 |
|
Redeemable preferred stock |
|
$ |
51,721 |
|
|
$ |
58,911 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity (deficit) |
|
$ |
(94,328 |
) |
|
$ |
(87,591 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,301 |
) |
|
$ |
22,116 |
|
|
$ |
54,276 |
|
(Notes to table on previous page and this page)
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our fiscal year is the 52 or 53-week reporting period ending on the Sunday closest to
the calendar year end. Fiscal years 2000 through 2003 consisted of 52 weeks and fiscal year
2004 consisted of 53 weeks. |
|
(2) |
|
Statement of Operations Data, Store Data, Other Financial Data and Balance
Sheet Data have been restated for the fiscal years 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 as a result of
matters discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8, Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data. |
|
(3) |
|
Same store sales for a period reflect net sales from stores operated throughout that period as well
as the corresponding prior period, i.e., two complete fiscal years for annual comparisons and five
complete fiscal quarters for quarterly comparisons. The opening date is the date the
store is first open for business. |
|
(4) |
|
Net sales per gross square foot is calculated by dividing net sales for stores open
the entire period by the total gross square footage for those stores. |
|
(5) |
|
Average net sales per store is calculated by dividing net sales for stores open the
entire period by total store count for stores open the entire period. |
|
(6) |
|
Inventory turns equal fiscal year cost of goods sold, buying and occupancy costs
divided by fiscal year four-quarter average FIFO (first-in, first-out) inventory balances. |
|
(7) |
|
Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities. |
14
ITEM 7: MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Throughout this section, our fiscal years ended December 29, 2002, December 28, 2003 and
January 2, 2005 are referred to as fiscal 2002, fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004, respectively. The
following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for fiscal
2002, fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004 should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. Some of the information contained
in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this report, including information with
respect to our plans and strategies for our business, includes forward-looking statements that
involve risk and uncertainties. You should review the Risk Factors set forth elsewhere in this
report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results in future periods to
differ materially from the results contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained herein.
Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements
We have restated the consolidated balance sheet at December 28, 2003, and the consolidated
statements of operations, the consolidated statements of stockholders equity (deficit) and the
consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002 and December 28,
2003 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We also have restated our quarterly financial information
for fiscal 2003 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2004 included in this Annual Report on Form
10-K. The net effect of the restatement was to reduce net income by $1.8 million and $2.9 million
in fiscal years 2002 and 2003, respectively, to increase reported net income in the first three
quarters of fiscal 2004 by $1.4 million and to reduce retained earnings by $3.2 million at the
beginning of fiscal year 2002 to reflect the after-tax impact of the restatement in prior periods.
This Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations on and
for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002 has been modified and updated to
reflect the effects of the restatement. See Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial
statements in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for additional information on
the restatement.
Overview
We are a leading sporting goods retailer in the western United States, operating 309 stores in
10 states under the name Big 5 Sporting Goods at January 2, 2005. We provide a full-line product
offering in a traditional sporting goods store format that averages 11,000 square feet. Our
product mix includes athletic shoes, apparel and accessories, as well as a broad selection of
outdoor and athletic equipment for team sports, fitness, camping, hunting, fishing, tennis, golf,
snowboarding and in-line skating. We believe over the past 50 years we have developed a reputation
with the competitive and recreational sporting goods customer as a convenient neighborhood sporting
goods retailer that delivers consistent value on quality merchandise.
Throughout our 50-year history, we have emphasized controlled growth. The following table
summarizes our store count for the periods presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year |
|
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Big 5 Sporting Goods stores |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of period |
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
275 |
|
|
|
293 |
|
New stores (1) |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
Stores relocated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
Stores closed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of period |
|
|
275 |
|
|
|
293 |
|
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Stores that are relocated during any period are classified as new stores. Sales from the prior
location are treated the same as sales from a closed store and thus are excluded from same store
sales calculations. |
15
Basis of Reporting
Net Sales
Net sales consist of sales from all stores operated during the period presented, net of
estimated merchandise returns. Net sales also include the sale of returned merchandise to vendors
specializing in the resale of defective or used products, which historically has accounted for less
than 1% of net sales. Same store sales for a period reflect net sales from stores operated
throughout that period as well as the corresponding prior period,
i.e, two complete fiscal years for annual comparisons and five
complete fiscal quarters for quarterly comparisons. New store sales for a period
reflect net sales from stores opened in that period as well as net sales from stores opened during
the prior fiscal year. Stores that are relocated during any period are treated as new stores, with
sales from the prior location being treated as sales from a closed store. Cash received from the
sale of gift cards is recorded as a liability, and revenue is recognized upon the redemption of the
gift card. Installment payments on layaway sales are recorded as a liability, and revenue is
recognized upon receipt of final payment from the customer.
Gross Profit
Gross profit is comprised of net sales less costs of sales, including the cost of merchandise,
inventory markdowns, inventory shrinkage, inbound freight, distribution and warehousing, payroll
and occupancy costs for our buying personnel and store occupancy costs. Store and corporate office
occupancy costs include rent, contingent rents, common area maintenance, real estate property taxes
and property insurance.
Selling and Administrative
Selling and administrative includes store management and corporate expenses, including
non-buying personnel payroll, employment taxes, employee benefits, management information systems,
advertising, insurance other than property insurance, legal, store pre-opening expenses and other
corporate level expenses. Store pre-opening expenses include store-level payroll, grand opening
event marketing, travel, supplies and other store opening expenses.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization consists primarily of the depreciation of leasehold
improvements, fixtures and equipment owned by us and amortization of goodwill (for periods prior to
fiscal 2002).
Discussion of Critical Accounting Policies
In the ordinary course of business, we have made a number of estimates and assumptions
relating to the reporting of results of operations and financial condition in the preparation of
our financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Actual results could differ significantly from
those estimates under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that the following
discussion addresses our critical accounting policies, which are those that are most important to
the portrayal of our financial condition.
Valuation of Inventory
We value our inventories at the lower of cost or market using the weighted average cost method
that approximates the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Management has evaluated the current
level of inventories in comparison to planned sales volume and other factors and, based on this
evaluation, has recorded adjustments to inventory and cost of goods sold for estimated decreases in
inventory value. These adjustments are estimates, which could vary significantly, either favorably
or unfavorably, from actual results if future economic conditions, consumer demand and competitive
environments differ from our expectations. We are not aware of any events or changes in demand or
price that would indicate to us that our inventory valuation may be materially inaccurate at this
time.
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. Recoverability of
16
assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to
future net cash flows estimated by us to be generated by these assets. If such assets are
considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is the amount by which the carrying
amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. We are not aware of any events or
changes in circumstances that would indicate to us that our long-lived assets are impaired or that
would require an impairment consideration at this time.
Revenue Recognition
We earn revenue by selling merchandise primarily through our retail stores. Also included in
revenue are sales of returned merchandise to vendors specializing in the resale of defective or
used products, which historically has accounted for less than 1% of net sales. Revenue is
recognized when merchandise is purchased by and delivered to the customer and is shown net of
estimated returns during the relevant period. The allowance for sales returns is estimated based
upon historical experience. Cash received from the sale of gift cards is recorded as a liability,
and revenue is recognized upon the redemption of the gift card. Installment payments on layaway
sales are recorded as a liability, and revenue is recognized upon receipt of final payment from and
delivery to the customer.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax assets
and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates expected to apply to
taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or
settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized
in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The realizability of deferred tax assets
is assessed throughout the year and a valuation allowance is recorded if necessary to reduce net
deferred tax assets to an amount whose realization is more likely than not.
Leases
We lease the majority of our store locations. We account for our leases under the provisions
of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 13, Accounting for Leases, and
subsequent amendments, which require that our leases be evaluated and classified as operating or
capital leases for financial reporting purposes. All of our leases are classified as operating
leases.
Certain leases have scheduled rent increases. In addition, certain leases include an initial
period of free or reduced rent as an inducement to enter into the lease agreement (rent
holidays). The Company recognizes rental expense for rent escalations and rent holidays on a
straight-line basis over the terms of the underlying leases, without regard to when rent payments
are made. The calculation of straight-line rent is based on the reasonably assured lease term as
defined in SFAS No. 98, Accounting for Leases, which may exceed the initial non-cancelable lease
term.
Certain leases also may provide for payments based on future sales volumes at the leased
location, which are not measurable at the inception of the lease. In accordance with SFAS No. 29,
Determining Contingent Rentals, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, these contingent rents are
expensed as they accrue.
Self-Insurance Liabilities
We maintain self-insurance programs for general liability and a portion of our workers
compensation liability risks. We are self-insured up to specified per-occurrence limits and
maintain insurance coverage for losses in excess of specified amounts. Estimated costs under these
programs, including incurred but not reported claims, are recorded as expenses based upon
historical experience, trends of paid and incurred claims, and other actuarial assumptions. If
actual claims trends, including the severity or frequency of claims, differ from our estimates, our
financial results could be significantly impacted.
17
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected items from our statements of operations as a
percentage of our net sales for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year |
|
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Costs of sales |
|
|
64.3 |
|
|
|
64.1 |
|
|
|
63.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
35.7 |
|
|
|
35.9 |
|
|
|
36.5 |
|
Selling and administrative |
|
|
26.8 |
|
|
|
26.7 |
|
|
|
26.7 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
7.4 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
Redemption premium and unamortized
financing fees related to redemption of
debt |
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax expense |
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
2.6 |
% |
|
|
3.3 |
% |
|
|
4.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2004 Compared to Fiscal 2003
Fiscal 2004 was a 53-week period for the Company. As a result, the following discussion of
fiscal 2004 versus fiscal 2003 reflects a comparison of a 53-week period in fiscal 2004 to a
52-week period in fiscal 2003. Exceptions to this comparison are noted where appropriate.
Net Sales. Net sales increased by $71.8 million, or 10.1%, to $782.2 million for 53 weeks in
fiscal 2004 from $710.4 million for 52 weeks in fiscal 2003. This growth reflected an increase of
$40.1 million in same store sales and an increase of $36.2 million in new store sales, which
resulted from the opening of 18 new stores during fiscal 2004 and 19 new stores during fiscal 2003.
The remaining variance was primarily attributable to net sales from closed stores and the sale of
returned merchandise through other channels. The extra week in fiscal 2004 contributed $14.2
million to net sales. Same store sales increased 3.9% in 2004 when calculated on a comparative
52-week basis for both fiscal 2004 and 2003. The increase in same store sales was primarily
attributable to higher sales in each of our three major product categories of footwear, hard goods
and apparel. Because our average transaction size was essentially unchanged from fiscal 2003 to
fiscal 2004, virtually all of the increase in our net sales was the result of an increase in the
number of sales transactions. Store count at the end of fiscal 2004 was 309 versus 293 at the end
of fiscal 2003 as we opened 18 new stores, of which two were relocations.
Gross Profit. Gross profit increased
by $30.8 million, or 12.1%, to $285.6 million in fiscal
2004 from $254.8 million in fiscal 2003. Gross profit margin was 36.5% in fiscal 2004 compared to
35.9% in fiscal 2003. Product selling margins, which exclude buying, occupancy and distribution
costs, were higher in each of our three major product categories. Warehouse payroll and benefit
expenses increased $2.8 million, or 0.4% of net sales, in order to support our store growth and to
prepare for the new distribution center. Higher workers compensation costs also contributed to the
increase in warehouse payroll and benefits expense. Store growth and higher gasoline prices
negatively impacted trucking expense, which increased $1.4 million, or 0.2% of net sales, versus
fiscal 2003.
Selling and Administrative. Selling and administrative
expenses increased by $19.2 million, or
10.1%, to $209.1 million in fiscal 2004 from $189.9 million in fiscal 2003. The increase was driven
by a $12.5 million increase in store-related expenses, including payroll and payroll taxes, as a
result of store growth, as well as increased employee health benefit costs. Advertising expense
increased by $4.2 million primarily due to the growth in our store base and, to a lesser extent,
increased advertising in our existing markets. The remaining difference resulted from other
administrative costs, such as corporate payroll and benefit expense. When measured as a percentage
of net sales, selling and administrative expenses was 26.7% for both fiscal 2003 and fiscal
2004.
18
Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $1.5
million in fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 2003 primarily due to the increase in store count to 309
stores at the end of fiscal 2004 from 293 stores at the end of fiscal 2003.
Redemption Premium and Unamortized Financing Fees Related to Redemption of Debt. Redemption
premium and unamortized financing fees related to redemption of debt were $2.1 million in fiscal
2004 versus $3.4 million in fiscal 2003. The $2.1 million charge in fiscal 2004 resulted from a
$1.5 million premium related to the redemption of $48.1 million face value of our 10.875% senior
notes and the related carrying value of applicable deferred financing costs and original issue
discount which totaled $0.6 million in fiscal 2004. The $3.4 million charge in fiscal 2003 resulted
from a $2.4 million premium related to the redemption of $55.0 million face value of our 10.875%
senior notes and the related carrying value of applicable deferred financing costs and original
issue discount which totaled $1.0 million in fiscal 2003.
Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net decreased by $4.7 million, or 40.7%, to $6.8
million in fiscal 2004 from $11.5 million in fiscal 2003. Interest expense benefited from the
redemption of $48.1 million face value of our 10.875% senior notes during fiscal 2004 through
borrowings under our lower cost financing agreement. A reduction in overall debt levels since the
beginning of fiscal 2004 also contributed to the decrease in interest expense.
Income
Taxes. Provision for income taxes was $21.8 million for fiscal 2004 and $15.7 million
for fiscal 2003. In fiscal 2004 the Companys effective tax rate was 39.4%, down from 40.1% in
fiscal 2003, due in part to the growth in our store base outside of California. The Companys
effective tax rate also benefited from the generation and use of enterprise zone and work
opportunity tax credits.
Fiscal 2003 Compared to Fiscal 2002
Net Sales. Net sales increased by $42.8 million, or 6.4%, to $710.4 million in fiscal 2003
from $667.6 million in fiscal 2002. This growth reflected an increase of $14.8 million in same
store sales and an increase of $28.4 million in new store sales, which resulted from the opening of
19 new stores during fiscal 2003 and 15 new stores during fiscal 2002. The remaining variance was
primarily attributable to net sales from closed stores and the sale of returned merchandise through
other channels. Same store sales increased 2.2% for fiscal 2003 versus fiscal 2002. The increase
in same store sales was primarily attributable to higher sales in each of our three major product
categories of footwear, hard goods and apparel. Because our average transaction size was
essentially unchanged from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003, virtually all of the increase in our net
sales was the result of an increase in the number of sales transactions. Store count at the end of
fiscal 2003 was 293 versus 275 at the end of fiscal 2002 as we opened 19 new stores and closed one
store.
Gross Profit. Gross profit increased by $16.4 million, or 6.9%, to $254.8 million in fiscal
2003 from $238.4 million in fiscal 2002. Gross profit margin was 35.9% in fiscal 2003 compared to
35.7% in fiscal 2002. We were able to achieve higher gross profit margins primarily due to
improved selling margins in each of our three major product categories. Product selling margins,
which exclude buying, occupancy and distribution costs, improved as a result of a reduction in the
cost of merchandise purchased from vendors. Higher selling margins were partially offset by a 0.3%
increase in occupancy and distribution center costs when measured as a percentage of sales.
Selling and Administrative. Selling and administrative expenses increased by $11.2 million, or
6.3%, to $189.9 million in fiscal 2003 from $178.7 million in fiscal 2002. The increase was driven
by a $9.6 million increase in store-related expenses primarily resulting from the need to support
our store growth, increased employee health benefit costs, increased workers compensation costs
and higher credit and debit card fees related to increased use of credit and debit cards by our
customers. Our advertising expenses increased by $1.5 million primarily due to our store growth.
Advertising expenses also were lower in fiscal 2002 due to a printing cost credit of $0.4 million
recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2002. The printing cost credit resulted from a fee
renegotiation with one of our printers that was retroactively applied. During fiscal 2003, legal,
audit and public liability insurance, including directors and officers insurance, increased by $2.1
million versus fiscal 2002, largely as a result of our public company reporting requirements after
our IPO in 2002. These absolute and percentage increases in selling and administrative expenses
were not as high as they otherwise might have been, because during fiscal 2002 we incurred expenses
in connection with our IPO. These expenses included management services agreement fees and
termination costs paid to Leonard Green & Associates, L.P., an affiliate of Leonard Green &
Partners, L.P., which were $1.0
19
million in fiscal 2002, as well as bonuses paid to our executive officers and directors during
fiscal 2002. The bonuses totaled $2.0 million and were funded through a reduction of the redemption
price that would otherwise have been applicable to the redemption of our outstanding preferred
stock. When measured as a percentage of net sales, selling and administrative expenses were 26.7%
for fiscal 2003 and 26.8% for fiscal 2002. The expenses incurred in connection with our IPO
described above increased our selling and administrative expenses for fiscal 2002 as a percentage
of net sales by 0.5%.
Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $0.8
million in fiscal 2003 compared to fiscal 2002 primarily due to the increase in store count to 293
stores at the end of fiscal 2003 from 275 stores at the end of fiscal 2002.
Redemption Premium (Discount) and Unamortized Financing Fees Related to Redemption of Debt.
Redemption premium and unamortized financing fees related to redemption of debt were $3.4 million
in fiscal 2003 versus $4.6 million in fiscal 2002. The $3.4 million charge in fiscal 2003 resulted
from a $2.4 million premium related to the redemption of $55.0 million face value of our 10.875%
senior notes and the related carrying value of applicable deferred financing costs and original
issue discount which totaled $1.0 million in fiscal 2003. The $4.6 million charge in fiscal 2002
resulted from the repurchase of $2.8 million face value of our senior discount notes and $1.0
million face value of our 10.875% senior notes in fiscal 2002 and the redemption of all of our
remaining senior discount notes for an aggregate redemption price of approximately $27.5 million in
the third quarter of fiscal 2002 following our IPO. The $4.6 million charge consists of $4.0
million in redemption premium and $0.6 million in unamortized deferred financing costs associated
with the related debt.
Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net decreased by $4.2 million, or 26.8%, to $11.5
million in fiscal 2003 from $15.7 million in fiscal 2002. This decrease reflected lower average
daily debt balances and lower average interest rates on our credit facility in fiscal 2003 versus
fiscal 2002, as well as the lower average interest costs associated with using borrowings from our
credit facility to redeem $55.0 million of our 10.875% senior notes in fiscal 2003. In fiscal
2002, we used some of the proceeds from our IPO to redeem all of our outstanding senior discount
notes for an aggregate redemption price of approximately $27.5 million. Accordingly, interest
expense, net, included no interest expenses related to those senior discount notes in fiscal 2003
versus $2.1 million in fiscal 2002.
Income Taxes. Provision for income taxes was $15.7 million for fiscal 2003 and $12.1 million
for fiscal 2002. In fiscal 2003 the Companys effective tax rate was 40.1%, down from 41.2% in
fiscal 2002, due in part to the growth in our store base outside of California.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal liquidity requirements are for working capital and capital expenditures. We
fund our liquidity requirements with cash flow from operations and borrowings under our revolving
credit facility.
Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2004, fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2002 was
$39.1 million, $33.4 million and $32.9 million, respectively. The yearly increases in net cash
provided by operating activities primarily reflected higher net income after adjustments to
reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities which was partially offset by
increased working capital requirements between periods. At the end of fiscal 2004, the balance of
our trade and other receivables, net, was 26.3% lower than at the end of fiscal 2003 due
substantially to the timing of year end. As a result of the 53-week year in fiscal 2004, our
fiscal 2004 year end was approximately one week after the Christmas holiday weekend. A majority of
our year-end accounts receivable are from credit card processors. Accounts receivable were lower
primarily because, since the fiscal 2004 year end was a week later, more of the receivables from
the credit card processors relating to credit card sales during the holiday shopping period were
paid.
Capital expenditures for fiscal 2004, fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2002 were $21.4 million, $11.2
million, and $11.0 million, respectively. Expenditures for our new distribution center accounted
for approximately $8.2 million of capital expenditures in fiscal 2004. We expect capital
expenditures for 2005 to range from $25.0 to $30.0 million, of which approximately $14.0 to $14.5
million will be related to the planned distribution center with the remainder primarily going to
fund the opening of approximately 16 to 20 new stores, store improvements and remodelings,
warehouse and headquarters improvements and computer hardware and software expenditures. We now
anticipate total capital expenditures for the new distribution center to be approximately $22.5
million, an increase from the
20
$15.0 million previously projected. We anticipate completion of construction and the start of
the transition to the new distribution center late in the third quarter of fiscal 2005, with
completion of the transition expected in the first quarter of fiscal 2006.
Net cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2004 was $20.0 million versus net cash used in
financing activities of $22.6 million in fiscal 2003 and $20.3 million in fiscal 2002. As of
January 2, 2005, we had a revolving credit facility balance of $61.3 million, a term loan balance
of $20.0 million and letter of credit commitments of $0.2 million outstanding under our credit
facility. These balances compare to borrowings of $51.7 million and letter of credit commitments
of $0.2 million outstanding under our credit facility and $48.0 million of our 10.875% senior notes
outstanding as of December 28, 2003. As of December 29, 2002, we had borrowings of $22.3 million
and letter of credit commitments of $4.3 million outstanding under our credit facility and $102.9
million of our 10.875% senior notes outstanding. We redeemed $15.0 million and $10.0 million face
value of our 10.875% senior notes in the second quarter and fourth quarter of fiscal 2004,
respectively, using borrowings under our revolving credit facility, and redeemed the remaining
$23.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2004 through an enhancement of our current financing
agreement. We redeemed $20.0 million and $35.0 million face value of our 10.875% senior notes in
the first quarter and fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, respectively. We repurchased $0.5 million
face value of our 10.875% senior notes and $2.8 million face value of our senior discount notes
during the first quarter of fiscal 2002 and wholly redeemed the remainder of our senior discount
notes during the third quarter of fiscal 2002 following the consummation of our IPO. We
repurchased an additional $0.5 million of our 10.875% senior notes during the fourth quarter of
fiscal 2002. We had cash of $6.7 million, $9.0 million and $9.4 million at January 2, 2005,
December 28, 2003, and December 29, 2002, respectively.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 we initiated our first ever cash dividend, at an annual
rate of $0.28 per share of outstanding common stock. The first quarterly payment, of $0.07 per
share, was paid on December 15, 2004, to stockholders of record as of December 1, 2004. Quarterly
payments of $0.07 per share were paid on March 15, 2005 and June 15, 2005, to stockholders of
record as of March 1, 2005, and June 1, 2005, respectively. The aggregate amount of each
quarterly dividend was approximately $1.6 million. An additional quarterly dividend has been declared that will be paid on September 15, 2005 to
stockholders of record on September 1, 2005. Our ability to pay this dividend in the future
will depend, in part, on compliance with the restrictions on dividends contained in our financing
agreement.
We believe we will be able to fund our future cash requirements for operations from operating
cash flows, cash on hand and borrowings under our revolving credit facility. We believe these
sources of funds will be sufficient to continue our operations and planned capital expenditures,
satisfy our scheduled payments under debt obligations and pay quarterly dividends for at least the
next twelve months. However, our ability to satisfy such obligations depends upon our future
performance, which in turn is subject to general economic conditions and regional risks, and to
financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, including factors beyond our
control. See Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results and Market Price of Our Common Stock.
Our principal future obligations and commitments as of January 2, 2005, include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period |
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
Less Than 1 Year |
|
|
1-3 Years |
|
|
3-5 Years |
|
|
After 5 Years |
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
Operating lease commitments |
|
$ |
316,178 |
|
|
$ |
45,745 |
|
|
$ |
83,517 |
|
|
$ |
69,935 |
|
|
$ |
116,981 |
|
Revolving credit facility |
|
|
61,335 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61,335 |
|
|
|
|
|
Term loan |
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
6,667 |
|
|
|
13,333 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Letters of credit |
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
397,683 |
|
|
$ |
52,582 |
|
|
$ |
96,850 |
|
|
$ |
131,270 |
|
|
$ |
116,981 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Periodic interest payments on the revolving credit facility and term loan are not included in the
table above because interest expense is based on a variable index: either LIBOR or the J.P. Morgan
Prime Rate.
Operating lease commitments consist principally of leases for our retail store facilities,
distribution center and corporate offices. These leases frequently include options which permit us
to extend the terms beyond the initial fixed lease term. We intend to renegotiate those leases as
they expire. Payments for these lease commitments are provided for by cash flows generated from
operations.
21
In April 2004 we signed an operating lease agreement for a new distribution facility in order
to facilitate our store growth. The new distribution facility is located in Riverside, California
and will have approximately 953,132 square feet of storage and office space. We anticipate
completion of construction and the start of the transition to the new distribution center late in
the third quarter of fiscal 2005, with completion of the transition expected in the first quarter
of fiscal 2006. The expected annual lease payments are included in the table above.
On December 15, 2004, we entered into a $160.0 million financing agreement with The CIT
Group/Business Credit, Inc. and a syndicate of other lenders that replaces the previous $140.0
million credit facility. The financing agreement consists of a non-amortizing $140.0 million
revolving credit facility and a $20.0 million amortizing term loan. The financing agreement is
secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets.
The revolving credit facility may be terminated by the lenders by giving at least 90 days
prior written notice before any anniversary date, commencing with its anniversary date on March 20,
2008. We may terminate the revolving credit facility by giving at least 30 days prior written
notice, provided that if we terminate prior to March 20, 2008, we must pay an early termination
fee. Unless it is terminated, the revolving credit facility will continue on an annual basis from
anniversary date to anniversary date beginning on March 21, 2008. The revolving credit facility
bears interest at various rates based on our overall borrowings, with a floor of LIBOR plus 1.25%
or the JP Morgan Chase Bank prime lending rate and a ceiling of LIBOR plus 1.75% or the JP Morgan
Chase Bank prime lending rate plus 0.25%. At January 2, 2005, loans under the credit facility bore
interest at a rate of LIBOR (2.40% at January 2, 2005) plus 1.25% or the JP Morgan Chase Bank prime
lending rate (5.25% at January 2, 2005). An annual fee of 0.325%, payable monthly, is assessed on
the unused portion of the credit facility. On January 2, 2005, we had $61.3 million in LIBOR and
prime lending rate borrowings and letters of credit of $0.2 million outstanding. Our maximum
eligible borrowing available under the credit facility is limited to 73.66% of the aggregate value
of eligible inventory during October, November and December and 67.24% during the remainder of the year.
The term loan is amortized over three years, with the first payment of $6.7 million due
December 15, 2005, the second payment of $6.7 million due December 15, 2006, and the final payment
of $6.7 million due December 15, 2007. We may prepay without penalty the principal amount of the
term loan, subject to certain financial restrictions. The term loan bears interest at various rates
based on our overall borrowings, with a floor of LIBOR plus 3.00% or the JP Morgan Chase Bank prime
lending rate plus 1.00% and a ceiling of LIBOR plus 3.50% or the JP Morgan Chase Bank prime lending
rate plus 1.50%. At January 2, 2005, loans under the term loan bore interest at a rate of LIBOR
(2.40% at January 2, 2005) plus 3.50% or the JP Morgan Chase Bank prime lending rate (5.25% at
January 2, 2005) plus 1.50%.
Our financing agreement contains various financial and other covenants, including covenants
that require us to maintain various financial ratios, restrict our ability to incur indebtedness or
to create various liens and restrict the amount of capital expenditures that we may incur. Our
financing agreement also restricts our ability to engage in mergers or acquisitions, sell assets or
pay dividends. In April 2005, we obtained an extension from May 2, 2005 to July 1, 2005 to deliver
our audited financial statements for fiscal 2004 as required by the financing agreement. In June
2005, we obtained a further extension of the reporting requirement from July 1, 2005, to August 15,
2005. In August 2005, we obtained a further extension of the reporting requirement from August 15,
2005 to August 31, 2005 and then an additional extension to
September 9, 2005. We delivered those audited financial
statements on September 6, 2005. We
are currently in compliance with all covenants under our financing agreement.
If we fail to make any required payment under our financing agreement or if we otherwise
default under this instrument, our debt may be accelerated under this instrument. This
acceleration could also result in the acceleration of other indebtedness that we may have
outstanding at that time.
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to meet our obligations and
commitments, we will be required to refinance or restructure our indebtedness or raise additional
debt or equity capital. Additionally, we may be required to sell material assets or operations,
suspend dividend payments or delay or forego expansion opportunities. We might not be able to
effect these alternative strategies on satisfactory terms, if at all.
22
Seasonality
We experience seasonal fluctuations in our net sales and operating results. In fiscal 2004,
we generated 27.8% of our net sales and 28.8% of our operating income in the fourth fiscal quarter,
which includes the holiday selling season as well as the peak winter sports selling season. As a
result, we incur significant additional expenses in the fourth fiscal quarter due to higher
purchase volumes and increased staffing. If we miscalculate the demand for our products generally
or for our product mix during the fourth fiscal quarter, our net sales could decline, resulting in
excess inventory, which could harm our financial performance. Because a substantial portion of our
operating income is derived from our fourth fiscal quarter net sales, a shortfall in expected
fourth fiscal quarter net sales could cause our annual operating results to suffer significantly.
Impact of Inflation
We do not believe that inflation has a material impact on our earnings from operations.
Impact of New Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 151,
Inventory Costs an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4. SFAS No. 151 clarifies that abnormal
inventory costs are required to be charged to expense as incurred as opposed to being capitalized
into inventory as a product cost. SFAS No. 151 provides examples of abnormal inventory costs to
include costs of idle facilities, excess freight and handling costs, and wasted materials
(spoilage). This statement is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning
after June 15, 2005. While we continue to evaluate the impact of SFAS No. 151, we do not believe
the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In December 2004, FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised), Share-Based Payment (SFAS No. 123R).
SFAS No. 123R eliminates the intrinsic value method under APB No. 25 as an alternative method of
accounting for stock-based awards. SFAS No. 123R also revises the fair value-based method of
accounting for share-based payment liabilities, forfeitures and modifications of stock-based awards
and clarifies SFAS No. 123s guidance in several areas, including measuring fair value, classifying
an award as equity or as a liability and attributing compensation cost to reporting periods. In
addition, SFAS No. 123R amends SFAS No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows, to require that excess tax
benefits be reported as a financing cash inflow rather than as a reduction of taxes paid, which is
included within operating cash flows. SFAS No. 123R is effective as of the first annual reporting
period beginning after June 15, 2005. We continue to evaluate the impact of SFAS No. 123R on our
overall results of operations, financial position and cash flows. Please refer to the pro forma
disclosure under Stock Compensation in Note 4 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for an indication of ongoing expense that will be
included in the income statement beginning in fiscal 2006 under SFAS No. 123R.
In May 2005, FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement
of Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 20, Accounting Changes, and FASB Statement No.
3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements. This statement requires
retrospective application to prior periods financial statements of a change in accounting
principle. It applies both to voluntary changes and to changes required by an accounting
pronouncement if the pronouncement does not include specific transition provisions. APB No. 20
previously required that most voluntary changes in accounting principles be recognized by recording
the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2005. We plan to adopt this statement on January 2, 2006 and it
is not expected to have a material effect on the financial statements upon adoption.
Forward-Looking Statements
This document includes certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements relate to, among other
things, our financial condition, our results of operations, our growth strategy and the business of
our company generally. In some cases, you can identify such statements by terminology such as
may, will, should, expects, plans, anticipates, believes, intends or other such
terminology. These forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and other factors that
may cause our actual results in future periods to differ materially from forecasted results. These
risks and uncertainties include, without limitation, the risk factors set forth below and elsewhere
in
23
this report and other risks and uncertainties more fully described in our other filings with
the SEC. We caution that the risk factors set forth in this report are not exclusive. In
addition, we conduct our business in a highly competitive and rapidly changing environment.
Accordingly, new risk factors may arise. It is not possible for management to predict all such
risk factors, nor to assess the impact of all such risk factors on our business or the extent to
which any individual risk factor, or combination of factors, may cause results to differ materially
from those contained in any forward-looking statement. We disclaim any obligation to revise or
update any forward-looking statement that may be made from time to time by us or on our behalf.
Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results and Market Price of Our Common Stock
Set forth below and elsewhere in this report and in other documents we file with the SEC are
risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results
contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this report.
Risks Related to Our Business
We are leveraged, future cash flows may not be sufficient to meet our obligations and we might
have difficulty obtaining more financing.
We have a substantial amount of debt. As of January 2, 2005, the aggregate principal amount
of our outstanding indebtedness was approximately $81.3 million. Our highly leveraged financial
position means:
|
|
|
a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations will be required to service
our indebtedness; |
|
|
|
|
our ability to obtain financing in the future for working capital, capital
expenditures and general corporate purposes might be impeded; and |
|
|
|
|
we are more vulnerable to economic downturns and our ability to withstand
competitive pressures is limited. |
If our business declines, our future cash flow might not be sufficient to meet our obligations
and commitments.
If we fail to make any required payment under our financing agreement, our debt may be
accelerated under this instrument. In addition, in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency or a
material breach of any covenant contained in our financing agreement, our debt may be accelerated.
This acceleration could also result in the acceleration of other indebtedness that we may have
outstanding at that time.
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to meet our obligations and
commitments, we will be required to refinance or restructure our indebtedness or raise additional
debt or equity capital. Additionally, we may be required to sell material assets or operations or
delay or forego expansion opportunities. These alternative strategies might not be effected on
satisfactory terms, if at all.
The terms of our financing agreement impose operating and financial restrictions on us, which may
impair our ability to respond to changing business and economic conditions.
The terms of our financing agreement impose operating and financial restrictions on us,
including, among other things, restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create
or allow liens, pay dividends, engage in mergers, acquisitions or reorganizations or make specified
capital expenditures. For example, our ability to engage in the foregoing transactions will depend
upon, among other things, our level of indebtedness at the time of the proposed transaction and
whether we are in default under our financing agreement. As a result, our ability to respond to
changing business and economic conditions and to secure additional financing, if needed, may be
significantly restricted, and we may be prevented from engaging in transactions that might further
our growth strategy or otherwise benefit us without obtaining consent from our lenders. In
addition, our financing agreement is secured by a first priority security interest in our trade
accounts receivable, merchandise inventories, service marks and trademarks and other general
intangible assets, including trade names. In the event of our insolvency, liquidation, dissolution
or reorganization, the lenders under our financing agreement would be entitled to payment in full
from our assets before distributions, if any, were made to our stockholders.
24
If we are unable to successfully implement our controlled growth strategy or manage our growing
business, our future operating results could suffer.
One of our strategies includes opening profitable stores in new and existing markets. Our
ability to successfully implement our growth strategy could be negatively affected by any of the
following:
|
|
|
suitable sites may not be available for leasing; |
|
|
|
|
we may not be able to negotiate acceptable lease terms; |
|
|
|
|
we might not be able to hire and retain qualified store personnel; and |
|
|
|
|
we might not have the financial resources necessary to fund our expansion plans. |
In addition, our expansion in new and existing markets may present competitive, distribution
and merchandising challenges that differ from our current challenges. These potential new
challenges include competition among our stores, added strain on our distribution center,
additional information to be processed by our management information systems and diversion of
management attention from ongoing operations. We face additional challenges in entering new
markets, including consumers lack of awareness of us, difficulties in hiring personnel and
problems due to our unfamiliarity with local real estate markets and demographics. New markets may
also have different competitive conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns
than our existing markets. To the extent that we are not able to meet these new challenges, our
net sales could decrease and our operating costs could increase.
Because our stores are concentrated in the western United States, we are subject to regional risks.
Our stores are located in the western United States. Because of this, we are subject to
regional risks, such as the economy, weather conditions, power outages, electricity costs and
earthquakes and other natural disasters specific to the states in which we operate. For example,
particularly in southern California where we have a high concentration of stores, seasonal factors
such as unfavorable snow conditions (such as those that occurred in the winter of 2002-2003),
inclement weather (such as the unusually heavy rains that occurred in winter 2004-2005) or other
localized conditions such as flooding, fires (such as the major fires in 2003), earthquakes or
electricity blackouts could harm our operations. State and local regulatory compliance also can
impact our financial results. If the region were to suffer an economic downturn or other adverse
regional event, our net sales and profitability and our ability to implement our planned expansion
program could suffer. Several of our competitors operate stores across the United States and thus
are not as vulnerable to these regional risks.
If we lose key management or are unable to attract and retain the talent required for our business,
our operating results could suffer.
Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of
Steven G. Miller, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and other key personnel who
are not obligated to stay with us. The loss of the services of any of these individuals could harm
our business and operations. In addition, as our business grows, we will need to attract and
retain additional qualified personnel in a timely manner and develop, train and manage an
increasing number of management level sales associates and other employees. Competition for
qualified employees could require us to pay higher wages and benefits to attract a sufficient
number of employees, and increases in the federal minimum wage or other employee benefits costs
could increase our operating expenses. If we are unable to attract and retain personnel as needed
in the future, our net sales growth and operating results may suffer.
Our hardware and software systems are vulnerable to damage that could harm our business.
Our success, in particular our ability to successfully manage inventory levels, largely
depends upon the efficient operation of our computer hardware and software systems. We use
management information systems to track inventory information at the store level, communicate
customer information and aggregate daily sales information. These systems and our operations are
vulnerable to damage or interruption from:
|
|
|
earthquake, fire, flood and other natural disasters; |
25
|
|
|
power loss, computer systems failures, internet and telecommunications or data
network failure, operator negligence, improper operation by or supervision of
employees, physical and electronic loss of data or security breaches, misappropriation
and similar events; and |
|
|
|
|
computer viruses. |
Any failure that causes an interruption in our operations or a decrease in inventory tracking
could result in reduced net sales and profitability.
If our suppliers do not provide sufficient quantities of products, our net sales and profitability
could suffer.
We purchase merchandise from over 750 vendors. Although we did not rely on any single vendor
for more than 6.2% of our total purchases during the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005, our
dependence on principal suppliers involves risk. Our 20 largest vendors collectively accounted for
38.6% of our total purchases during the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005. If there is a
disruption in supply from a principal supplier or distributor, we may be unable to obtain
merchandise that we desire to sell and that consumers desire to purchase. In addition, a
significant portion of the products that we purchase, including those purchased from domestic
suppliers, are manufactured abroad. A vendor could discontinue selling products to us at any time
for reasons that may or may not be in our control. Our net sales and profitability could decline
if we are unable to promptly replace a vendor who is unwilling or unable to satisfy our
requirements with a vendor providing equally appealing products.
Disruptions at shipping ports at which our products are imported could prevent us from timely
distribution and delivery of inventory, which could reduce our sales and profitability.
From time to time, shipping ports experience capacity constraints, labor strikes, work
stoppages or other disruptions that may delay the delivery of imported products. For example, the
Port of Los Angeles, through which a substantial amount of the products manufactured abroad that we
sell are imported, recently experienced delays in distribution of products being imported through
the Port to their final destination due to difficulties associated with capacity limitations.
Future disruptions at a shipping port at which our products are received, whether due to delays at
the Port of Los Angeles or otherwise, may result in delays in the transportation of such products
to our distribution center and ultimately delay the stocking of our stores with the affected
merchandise. As a result, our net sales, including same store sales, and profitability could
decline.
Because all of our stores rely on a single distribution center and we are transitioning to a new
distribution center, any disruption could reduce our net sales or increase our operating costs.
We currently rely on a single distribution center in Fontana, California. Any natural
disaster or other serious disruption to the distribution center due to fire, earthquake or any
other cause could damage a significant portion of our inventory and could materially impair both
our ability to adequately stock our stores and our net sales, including same store sales, and
profitability. If the security measures used at our distribution center do not prevent inventory
theft, our gross margin may significantly decrease.
Due to limited capacity at the current distribution center, we entered into a 10-year lease
with three five-year renewal options for a replacement distribution center in the second quarter of
fiscal 2004. Construction began on the new distribution center in the third quarter of fiscal
2004. We anticipate completion of construction and the start of the transition to the new
distribution center late in the third quarter of fiscal 2005, with completion of the transition
expected in the first quarter of fiscal 2006. Any disruption to, or delay in, this process could
harm our future operations, particularly if the disruption affected our ability to adequately stock
our stores during our important fourth fiscal quarter or increased our operating costs.
Recently enacted securities laws and regulations are likely to increase our costs.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Act) that became law in July 2002, as well as new
rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC, have required changes in some of our
corporate governance practices. In addition to final rules issued by the SEC, Nasdaq also revised
its requirements for companies that are quoted on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.s National Market.
These new rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and made
some activities more difficult, time consuming and/or costly. These
26
new rules and regulations have also made it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain
director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or
incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These new rules and regulations could also
make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors,
particularly to serve on our audit committee, and qualified executive officers.
Risks Related to Our Industry
A downturn in the economy may affect consumer purchases of discretionary items, which could reduce
our net sales.
In general, our sales represent discretionary spending by our customers. Discretionary
spending is affected by many factors, including, among others, general business conditions,
interest rates, inflation, consumer debt levels, the availability of consumer credit, taxation,
electricity power rates, gasoline prices, unemployment trends and other matters that influence
consumer confidence and spending. Our customers purchases of discretionary items, including our
products, could decline during periods when disposable income is lower or periods of actual or
perceived unfavorable economic conditions. If this occurs, our net sales and profitability could
decline.
Seasonal fluctuations in the sales of sporting goods could cause our annual operating results to
suffer significantly.
We experience seasonal fluctuations in our net sales and operating results. In fiscal 2004,
we generated 27.8% of our net sales and 28.8% of our operating income in the fourth fiscal quarter,
which includes the holiday selling season as well as the peak winter sports selling season. As a
result, we incur significant additional expenses in the fourth fiscal quarter due to higher
purchase volumes and increased staffing. If we miscalculate the demand for our products generally
or for our product mix during the fourth fiscal quarter, our net sales could decline, resulting in
excess inventory, which could harm our financial performance. Because a substantial portion of our
operating income is derived from our fourth fiscal quarter net sales, a shortfall in expected
fourth fiscal quarter net sales could cause our annual operating results to suffer significantly.
Intense competition in the sporting goods industry could limit our growth and reduce our
profitability.
The retail market for sporting goods is highly fragmented and intensely competitive. We
compete directly or indirectly with the following categories of companies:
|
|
|
other traditional sporting goods stores and chains; |
|
|
|
|
mass merchandisers, discount stores and department stores, such as Wal-Mart, Kmart,
Target, Kohls, JC Penney, and Sears; |
|
|
|
|
specialty sporting goods shops and pro shops, such as Foot Locker and Gander
Mountain; |
|
|
|
|
sporting goods superstores, such as Dicks Sporting Goods and The Sports Authority,
Inc., and its other operating units, Oshmans, Sportmart and Gart Sports Company; and |
|
|
|
|
catalog and internet retailers. |
Some of our competitors have a larger number of stores and greater financial, distribution,
marketing and other resources than we have. Two of our major competitors, The Sports Authority,
Inc. and Gart Sports Company (including its other operating units, Oshmans and Sportmart),
completed a merger in August 2003 and now operate under the name The Sports Authority, Inc.
In July 2004 two other sporting goods superstores combined when Dicks Sporting Goods, Inc.
acquired Galyans Trading Company, Inc. In 2004 the specialty outdoor superstores Gander Mountain
Company and Cabelas Incorporated completed initial public offerings of their common stock,
increasing their access to capital. If our competitors reduce their prices, it may be difficult
for us to reach our net sales goals without reducing our prices. As a result of this competition,
we may also need to spend more on advertising and promotion than we anticipate. If we are unable
to compete successfully, our operating results will suffer.
27
We may incur costs from litigation or increased regulation relating to products that we sell,
particularly firearms.
We sell products manufactured by third parties, some of which may be defective. If any
product that we sell were to cause physical injury or injury to property, the injured party or
parties could bring claims against us as the retailer of the product. Our insurance coverage may
not be adequate to cover every claim that could be asserted against us. If a successful claim were
brought against us in excess of our insurance coverage, it could harm our business. Even
unsuccessful claims could result in the expenditure of funds and management time and could have a
negative impact on our business. In addition, our products are subject to the Federal Consumer
Product Safety Act, which empowers the Consumer Product Safety Commission to protect consumers from
hazardous sporting goods and other articles. The Consumer Product Safety Commission has the
authority to exclude from the market certain consumer products that are found to be hazardous.
Similar laws exist in some states and cities in the United States. If we fail to comply with
government and industry safety standards, we may be subject to claims, lawsuits, fines and negative
publicity that could harm our operating results.
In addition, we sell firearms and ammunition, products associated with an increased risk of
injury and related lawsuits. Sales of firearms and ammunition have historically represented less
than 5% of our annual net sales. We may incur losses due to lawsuits relating to our performance
of background checks on firearms purchases as mandated by state and federal law or the improper use
of firearms sold by us, including lawsuits by municipalities or other organizations attempting to
recover costs from firearms manufacturers and retailers relating to the misuse of firearms. In
addition, in the future there may be increased federal, state or local regulation, including
taxation, of the sale of firearms in both our current markets as well as future markets in which we
may operate. Commencement of these lawsuits against us or the establishment of new regulations
could reduce our net sales and decrease our profitability.
If we fail to anticipate changes in consumer preferences, we may experience lower net sales, higher
inventory markdowns and lower margins.
Our products must appeal to a broad range of consumers whose preferences cannot be predicted
with certainty. These preferences are also subject to change. Our success depends upon our
ability to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to trends in sporting goods merchandise and
consumers participation in sports. If we fail to identify and respond to these changes, our net
sales may decline. In addition, because we often make commitments to purchase products from our
vendors up to six months in advance of the proposed delivery, if we misjudge the market for our
merchandise, we may over-stock unpopular products and be forced to take inventory markdowns that
could have a negative impact on profitability.
Terrorism and the uncertainty of war may harm our operating results.
Terrorist attacks or acts of war may cause damage or disruption to us and our employees,
facilities, information systems, vendors, and customers, which could significantly impact our net
sales, costs and expenses and financial condition. The threat of terrorist attacks since September
11, 2001 continues to create many economic and political uncertainties. The potential for future
terrorist attacks, the national and international responses to terrorist attacks and other acts of
war or hostility may cause greater uncertainty and cause our business to suffer in ways that we
currently cannot predict. Military action taken by the United States and its allies in Iraq or
elsewhere could have a short or long term negative economic impact upon the financial markets and
our business in general.
Risks Related to Investing in Our Common Stock
The price of our common stock may be volatile.
The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate widely as a result of a number of factors,
many of which are outside our control. In addition, the stock market has experienced extreme price
and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices of many companies. These broad market
fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. A significant decline in
our stock price could result in substantial losses for individual stockholders and could lead to
costly and disruptive securities litigation.
28
Substantial amounts of our common stock could be sold in the near future, which could depress our
stock price.
We cannot predict the effect, if any, that the availability of shares of common stock for sale
will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. At August 5, 2005,
there were 22,677,627 shares of our common stock outstanding. All of these shares are freely
transferable without restriction or further registration under the federal securities laws, except
for any shares held by our affiliates, sales of which will be limited by Rule 144 under the
Securities Act of 1933. Sales of a significant number of these shares of common stock in the
public market could reduce the market price of the common stock or our ability to raise capital by
offering equity securities.
We cannot provide assurance that we will continue to declare dividends at all or in any particular
amounts.
We intend to continue to pay quarterly dividends subject to capital availability
and periodic determinations that cash dividends are in the best interest of us and our
stockholders. Our dividend policy may be affected by, among other items, our views on potential
future capital requirements, the terms of our debt instruments, legal risks, changes in Federal
income tax law and challenges to our business model. Our dividend policy may change from time to
time, and we cannot provide assurance that we will continue to declare dividends at all or in any
particular amounts. A change in our dividend policy could have a negative effect on our stock
price.
Our anti-takeover provisions could prevent or delay a change in control of our company, even if
such change of control would be beneficial to our stockholders.
Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated
bylaws as well as provisions of Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a merger,
acquisition or other change in control of our company, even if such change in control would be
beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include:
|
|
|
a board of directors that is classified such that only one-third of directors are
elected each year; |
|
|
|
|
authorization of the issuance of blank check preferred stock that could be issued
by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart a
takeover attempt; |
|
|
|
|
limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders; |
|
|
|
|
prohibition of stockholder action by written consent and requiring all stockholder
actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders; and |
|
|
|
|
establishment of advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the
board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at
stockholder meetings. |
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporations Law limits business combination
transactions with 15% stockholders that have not been approved by the board of directors. These
provisions and other similar provisions make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us
without negotiation. These provisions may apply even if the transaction may be considered
beneficial by some stockholders.
Our common stock may be delisted from the Nasdaq National Market because we did not file our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2004 by August 31, 2005 and if we do not file our first quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q and our second quarter fiscal
2005 Form 10-Q by September 30, 2005, the extended deadlines issued by the Nasdaq Listing
Qualifications Panel.
On April 4, 2005, we announced that we did not file our 2004 Form 10-K with the SEC by April
4, 2005, the extended deadline established in our Form 12b-25 filing with the SEC on March 18,
2005. In addition, on June 1, 2005, we announced that we did not file our first quarter fiscal
2005 Form 10-Q by the May 13, 2005 deadline. On August 15, 2005, we announced that we did not file
our second quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q by the August 12, 2005 deadline. As a result, we received
notices of determinations by Nasdaqs Listing Qualifications Staff that we failed to comply with
the requirements of Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(14) for continued listing of
29
our common stock due to the delayed filing of our 2004 Form 10-K, our first quarter fiscal 2005
Form 10-Q and our second quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q. On June 1, 2005, we received an extension
from the Nasdaq Listing Qualifications Panel (the Panel) until August 12, 2005 to file our 2004
Form 10-K and our first quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q and to continue the listing of our common
stock on the Nasdaq National Market pending such filings. We were not able to file our 2004 Form
10-K and our first quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q within the extension period provided by the Panel.
On August 25, 2005, we received an additional extension from the Panel until August 31, 2005 to
file our 2004 Form 10-K and until September 30, 2005 to file our
first quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q and our second quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q and to continue the listing of our common stock
on the Nasdaq National Market pending such filings. We filed
our 2004 Form 10-K on September 6, 2005.
Because
we did not file our 2004 Form 10-K by August 31, 2005 and if we do not file our first
quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q and our second quarter fiscal 2005 Form 10-Q by September 30, 2005,
our common stock may be delisted from the Nasdaq National Market,
although we do not anticipate that Nasdaq will delist our common
stock due to the late filing of our 2004 Form 10-K. The delisting of our common
stock would significantly affect the ability of investors to trade our common stock and would
significantly and negatively affect the value and liquidity of our common stock. In addition,
non-exchange or Nasdaq-listed stocks, sometimes called over-the-counter stocks, typically have
higher bid-offer spreads. In addition, many institutional investors such as mutual funds may be
unable to own or purchase non-exchange or Nasdaq-listed stocks. Current institutional investors
may be forced to sell their investments in our common stock if our common stock is delisted. Sales
of a significant number of these shares of common stock in the public market could reduce the
market price of the common stock or our ability to raise capital by offering equity securities.
ITEM 7A: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are subject to risks resulting from interest rate fluctuations since interest on our
borrowings under our revolving credit facility are based on variable rates. If the LIBOR rate were
to increase 1.0% in 2005 as compared to the rate at January 2, 2005, our interest expense for 2005
would increase $0.8 million based on the outstanding balance of our revolving credit facility at
January 2, 2005. We do not hold any derivative instruments and do not engage in hedging
activities.
ITEM 8: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The financial statements and the supplementary financial information required by this Item and
included in this report are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on
page F-1.
ITEM 9: CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
None.
ITEM 9A: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
As of the end of the period covered by this report, we carried out an evaluation, under the
supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and
Assistant Treasurer and Acting Controller, the latter two of whom currently are jointly performing
the functions of principal financial officer and principal accounting officer pending the
appointment of a new Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of
our disclosure controls and procedures (as such terms are defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)). Based upon that
evaluation, and because of the material weaknesses discussed below
(Item 9A(b)), our Chief Executive Officer,
Assistant Treasurer, and Acting Controller concluded that our
disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of
January 2, 2005.
30
(b) Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act.
Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to
the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions
and disposition of assets; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary
to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and
expenditures are being made only in accordance with the authorization of our management and
directors; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent
or detect misstatements. Also, projection of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods is
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
A material weakness is a significant deficiency (within the meaning of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Boards (PCAOB) Auditing Standard No. 2), or combination of significant
deficiencies, that results in there being more than a remote likelihood that a material
misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected.
Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting as of January 2, 2005, based upon the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this
assessment, management has concluded that, as of January 2, 2005, we did not maintain effective
internal control over financial reporting. We have identified the following material weaknesses in
our internal control over financial reporting as of January 2,
2005:
1) |
|
We lacked the necessary depth of personnel with sufficient technical accounting
expertise to ensure the preparation of interim and annual financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This
material weakness in internal control over financial reporting
contributed to a pervasive breakdown in the Companys interim
and annual financial reporting processes. Specifically, account
reconciliation and management review and approval controls did not
operate effectively and, accordingly,
generally accepted accounting principles were not properly applied,
resulting in the following: |
|
a) |
|
Our policies and procedures did not provide for
reconciliation of certain accounts payable subaccounts correctly or
on a sufficiently frequent basis, resulting in material misstatements
to accounts payable and cost of goods sold; |
|
|
b) |
|
Operating expenses were misstated because our
policies and procedures did not provide for the recognition of rent
expense over the entire lease term of our store leases and did not
provide for the recognition of landlord
incentives as deferred rent, but instead reduced the value of our leasehold
improvements; |
|
|
c) |
|
Inventory and cost of goods sold were misstated because we
incorrectly capitalized certain buyer related costs to inventory, incorrectly
determined the net realizable value of returned merchandise, and recorded sales of
damaged or returned merchandise as an offset to inventory rather than as a sale; |
|
|
d) |
|
Inventory and accounts payable were materially misstated
because our policies and procedures did not provide for the
recognition of all inventory in-transit at period end; |
|
|
e) |
|
Revenue, cost of goods sold, inventory, and the allowance for sales returns
were misstated because we did not provide an allowance for estimated sales
returns; and |
|
|
f) |
|
Accrued liabilities were misstated because our policies and
procedures did not provide for the reconciliation of certain subaccounts
timely or provide for the recognition of changes in estimates and certain transactions
in the correct accounting period. |
|
|
This
material weakness resulted in the material misstatement of our annual financial
statements as of December 28, 2003, and for the fiscal years
ended December 29, 2002 and December 28, 2003, and the interim financial
information for each of the interim periods in the
fiscal year ended December 28, 2003 and for the first three interim periods in the fiscal year
ended January 2, 2005, or represented more than a remote likelihood that a material
misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements would not have been prevented or
detected. As a result, we restated our consolidated financial statements as
of December 28, 2003, and for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002 and December 28, 2003, and
for each of the
interim periods in the fiscal year ended December 28, 2003, and for the first three interim periods in
the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005, to reflect the correction of these errors in
accounting. |
31
2) |
|
We did not maintain effective controls over the documentation, review and approval of
manual journal entries. Certain individuals could create, record and approve the same
journal entry without regard to the dollar amount of the transaction and without any further
review or approval. In certain instances, journal entries relating to different accounts
were combined in a single compound journal entry. In other instances, journal entries did
not have sufficient supporting written explanation or sufficient supporting documentation
and/or the supporting documentation had not been retained for a sufficient period of time.
This material weakness resulted in material misstatements to amounts recorded for cost of
goods sold and selling and administrative expense. These material misstatements were corrected
by restating our consolidated financial statements as
of December 28, 2003 and for each of the fiscal years ended
December 29, 2002 and December 28, 2003, and for each of the interim periods in the fiscal
year ended December 28, 2003, and for the first three interim periods in the fiscal year ended January
2, 2005. |
Because of these material weaknesses, management has concluded that we did not maintain
effective internal control over financial reporting at January 2, 2005, based on the criteria set
forth in the COSO Internal Control-Integrated Framework. The assessment by management of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2005 has been
audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report
which is included herein (Item 9A(d)).
(c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
There have been no significant changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that occurred
during our fourth fiscal quarter for the fiscal year ended
January 2, 2005 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
As a result of the identification of the material weaknesses described in Item 9A(b) above,
subsequent to our fiscal 2004 fourth quarter, we have taken the steps described below to reasonably
assure remediation of these material weaknesses.
We
have hired an individual with experience as a certified public accountant (CPA) who we
believe has a strong background in GAAP and SEC
reporting to be our principal financial officer, who will have the title of Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and Treasurer. This person is expected to begin employment with
the Company by September 12, 2005. Upon the completion of the filing of this Annual Report on Form
10-K and our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the first and second quarters of fiscal 2005, this
person will become the Companys Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer.
Pending the completion of those filings, this person will serve as a Senior Vice President with the
Company. This person will be responsible for our accounting function (including the closing of our
books and records), will be in charge of our public reporting and preparation of our financial
statements, and will have responsibility for improving internal controls. The new CFO will report
directly to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO). The new CFO will be in charge of our accounting
department, and as such, senior accounting department personnel, including the Acting Controller
and the Assistant Treasurer, will report to the new CFO. On August 5, 2005, we announced that we
and our prior CFO had mutually agreed that he would resign from the positions of CFO and Treasurer,
effective August 5, 2005, and that he would remain a Senior Vice President. Our Acting Controller
and Assistant Treasurer currently jointly fulfill the functions of principal financial officer and
principal accounting officer, pending the appointment of the new CFO. We have also retained
outside accounting
32
consultants with significant SEC financial reporting experience to assist us. In addition, we
will hire an additional CPA with public reporting experience at the assistant controller level. We
also have implemented a policy requiring increased training and continuing education for certain
members of our accounting department management, including persons with the responsibilities of
CFO, controller and treasurer (including assistants).
We have instituted new procedures by which management performs account analysis and account
reconciliations on a quarterly basis. For example, we have implemented procedures designed to
enhance managements analysis and supervision of the identified accounts within accounts payable
and reconciliations relating to those accounts to provide proper support for accounting entries.
Management has developed procedures specifically designed to identify and quantify buildups of
unmatched credits in these accounts payable subaccounts, including any impacted by vendor returns.
Management also has developed procedures to ensure that the quarterly analysis of all reserves and
any related adjusting journal entries are supported with thorough analysis and documentation.
We have developed new journal entry procedures and policies to enhance supervision and review
of entries, segregation of duties, documentation and document retention. In particular, the
preparer of a journal entry may no longer approve his or her own journal entry. Moreover, prior to
posting, the Controllers (or Acting Controllers) approval is required for journal entries with any line item $20,000 and
higher, and the CFOs approval will be required if any line item is $100,000 or higher. Journal entries
for different accounts may not be combined or netted, all manual journal entries must include
detailed descriptions and adequate supporting documentation, and manual journal entry documentation
will be retained for at least seven years.
We will perform testing of these remediated controls over the coming fiscal quarters and we
believe that these corrected and enhanced policies and procedures will reasonably assure
remediation of the material weaknesses in our internal control. Our Chief Executive Officer and
our Assistant Treasurer and Acting Controller, the latter two of whom currently are jointly
performing the functions of principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, believe
that the subsequent procedures we performed in connection with our preparation of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K, including, in particular, increased review and analysis of transactions,
account balances and journal entries in the areas where weaknesses were identified, provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of
our consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
33
(d) Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation
We have audited managements assessment, included in the accompanying Managements Annual
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (Item 9A(b)), that Big 5 Sporting Goods
Corporation (the Company) did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as
of January 2, 2005, because of the effect of material weaknesses identified in managements
assessment, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Companys
management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and
for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on managements assessment and an opinion on the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, evaluating managements assessment, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately
and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have
a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent
or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods
are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that
results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim
financial statements will not be prevented or detected.
The following material weaknesses have been identified and included in managements assessment
as of January 2, 2005:
1) |
|
The Company lacked the necessary depth of personnel with sufficient technical
accounting expertise to ensure the preparation of interim and annual financial statements
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This
material weakness in internal control over financial reporting
contributed to a pervasive breakdown in the Companys interim
and annual financial reporting processes. Specifically, account
reconciliation and management review and approval controls did not
operate effectively and, accordingly,
generally accepted accounting principles were not properly applied,
resulting in the following: |
|
a) |
|
The Companys policies and procedures did not provide for reconciliation of
certain accounts payable subaccounts correctly or on a sufficiently frequent basis,
resulting in material misstatements to accounts payable and cost of goods sold; |
|
|
b) |
|
Operating expenses were misstated because the Companys policies and procedures
did not provide for the recognition of rent expense over the entire
lease term of the Companys store
leases and did not provide for the recognition of landlord incentives as deferred rent,
but instead reduced the value of the Companys leasehold improvements; |
|
|
c) |
|
Inventory and cost of goods sold were misstated because
the Company incorrectly capitalized certain buyer related costs to inventory,
incorrectly determined the net realizable value of returned merchandise, and recorded
sales of damaged or returned merchandise as an offset to inventory rather than as a
sale; |
34
|
|
d) |
|
Inventory and accounts payable were materially misstated because the Companys
policies and procedures did not provide for the recognition of all inventory in-transit
at period end; |
|
|
e) |
|
Revenue, cost of goods sold, inventory, and the allowance for sales returns
were misstated because the Company did not provide an allowance for
estimated sales returns; and |
|
|
f) |
|
Accrued liabilities were misstated because the Companys policies
and procedures did not provide for the reconciliation of certain subaccounts timely or
provide for recognition of changes in estimates and certain
transactions in the correct accounting period. |
This
material weakness resulted in the material misstatement of the Companys annual financial
statements as of December 28, 2003, and for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002 and
December 28, 2003, and for the interim financial information for each of the interim periods in the
fiscal year ended December 28, 2003 and for the first three interim periods in the fiscal year ended
January 2, 2005, or represented more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of
the Companys annual or interim financial statements would not have been prevented or detected. As a
result, the Company restated its consolidated financial statements as
of December 28, 2003 and for
each of the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002 and December 28, 2003,
and for each of the interim periods in the fiscal year ended December
28, 2003 and for the first three interim periods
in the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005, to reflect the correction
of these errors in accounting.
2) |
|
The Company did not maintain effective controls over the documentation, review and
approval of manual journal entries. Certain individuals could create, record and approve
the same journal entry without regard to the dollar amount of the transaction and without any
further review or approval. In certain instances, journal entries relating to different
accounts were combined in a single compound journal entry. In other instances, journal
entries did not have sufficient supporting written explanation or sufficient supporting
documentation and/or the supporting documentation had not been
retained for a sufficient
period of time. This material weakness resulted in material misstatements to amounts
recorded for cost of goods sold and selling and administrative
expense. These material
misstatements were corrected by restating the Companys consolidated financial statements
as of December 28, 2003 and for the fiscal years ended
December 29, 2002 and December 28, 2003, and for each of the
interim periods in the fiscal year ended December 28, 2003 and for the
first three interim periods in the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005. |
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Big 5
Sporting Goods Corporation as of January 2, 2005 and
December 28, 2003, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholders equity (deficit), and cash flows for
each of the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002,
December 28, 2003 and January 2, 2005. The aforementioned
material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests
applied in our audit of the January 2, 2005 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect
our report dated
September 6, 2005, which expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated
financial statements.
In our opinion, managements assessment that Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation did not maintain
effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2005, is fairly stated, in all
material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also, in our
opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses described above on the achievement of the
objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over
financial reporting as of January 2, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal
Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
/s/ KPMG LLP
Los Angeles
September 6, 2005
ITEM 9B: OTHER INFORMATION.
None
35
PART III
ITEM 10: DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the Directors and Executive
Officers of the Company:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
Steven G. Miller
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors and
Chief Executive Officer (Class C) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sandra N. Bane (a)(b)
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
Director (Class B) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G. Michael Brown (b)
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
Director (Class A) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John G. Danhakl (a)(b)
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Director (Class A) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jennifer Holden Dunbar (a)
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
Director (Class C) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael D. Miller, Ph.D.
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
Director (Class B) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles P. Kirk
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gary S. Meade
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard A. Johnson
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, Store Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas J. Schlauch
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, Buying |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeffrey L. Fraley
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, Human Resources |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Elizabeth F. Chambers (c)
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
Acting Controller (Co-Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas L. Robershaw (c)
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
Assistant Treasurer (Co-Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer) |
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Member of audit committee |
|
(b) |
|
Member of compensation committee |
|
(c) |
|
Pending the appointment of a new Chief Financial Officer, Elizabeth F.
Chambers, our Acting Controller, and Thomas L. Robershaw, our Assistant Treasurer,
jointly will fulfill the functions of the principal financial officer and principal
accounting officer. |
Steven G. Miller has served as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President
since June 2002, 2000 and 1992, respectively. Steven G. Miller has also served as a director since
1992. In addition, Steven G. Miller served as Chief Operating Officer from 1992 to 2000 and as
Executive Vice President, Administration from 1988 to 1992. Steven G. Miller is Michael D.
Millers brother.
Sandra N. Bane has served as a director since June 2002. Ms. Bane retired from KPMG LLP as an
audit partner in 1998 after 23 years with the firm. While at KPMG LLP, Ms. Bane headed the Western
regions Merchandising practice for the firm, helped establish the Employee Benefits audit
specialist program and was partner in charge of the Western regions Human Resource department for
two years. Ms. Bane is also a member of the board of directors of Petco Animal Supplies, Inc. and
Transamerica Premier Investment Funds, a mutual fund company, and serves as a member of the board
for several nonprofit institutions in her community. She is also a member of the AICPA and the
California Society of Certified Public Accountants.
36
G. Michael Brown has served as a director since June 2002. Mr. Brown has been a senior
litigation partner with the law firm Musick, Peeler & Garrett LLP since June 2001. Prior to that,
Mr. Brown was a partner at the law firm Berger, Kahn, Shafton, Moss, Figler, Simon & Gladstone from
1996 to 2001.
John G. Danhakl has served as a director since 1997. Mr. Danhakl has been a partner of
Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., a private equity firm, since 1995. From 1990 to 1995, Mr. Danhakl
was a Managing Director at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation. Prior to joining
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Mr. Danhakl was a Vice President at Drexel
Burnham Lambert Incorporated. Mr. Danhakl is also a member of the board of directors of Arden
Group, Inc., Leslies Poolmart, Inc., Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., VCA Antech, Inc., Petco
Animal Supplies, Inc., Phoenix Scientific Inc., Rite Aid Corporation, AsianMedia Group and Diamond
Triumph Auto Glass, Inc.
Jennifer Holden Dunbar has served as a director since February 2004. Since March 2005, Ms.
Dunbar has served as Principal, Co-Founder and Managing Director of Dunbar Partners, LLC. Since
1994, Ms. Dunbar has also served as the President of Willow III, Inc., a personal holding company.
From 1994 to 1998, Ms. Dunbar was a partner of Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., a private equity
firm which she joined in 1989.
Michael D. Miller, Ph.D. has served as a director since 1997. Dr. Miller is a mathematical
consultant at The RAND Corporation, an independent nonprofit research and analysis organization,
and a visiting professor of mathematics at the University of California at Los Angeles. From 1977
until June 2002, Dr. Miller was a senior mathematician at The RAND Corporation. Dr. Miller is
Steven G. Millers brother.
Charles P. Kirk has served as a Senior Vice President since 1992. Mr. Kirk also served as
Chief Financial Officer from 1992 to August 2005 and as Treasurer from 2003 to August 2005. Mr.
Kirk resigned the positions of Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer in August 2005. Prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Kirk served as Thrifty Corporations Director of Planning and Vice
President of Planning and Treasury since October 1990. Prior to that, Mr. Kirk held various
financial positions with Thrifty Corporations former parent, Pacific Enterprises, since 1981.
Gary S. Meade has served as Senior Vice President since July 2001 and General Counsel and
Secretary since 1997. Mr. Meade also served as Vice President from 1997 to 2001. Prior to joining
the Company, Mr. Meade was Thrifty Corporations Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
since 1992 and Thrifty Corporations Vice President Legal Affairs since 1979.
Richard A. Johnson has served as Senior Vice President, Store Operations since 1992. Prior to
that, Mr. Johnson was Vice President, Store Operations since 1982.
Thomas J. Schlauch has served as Senior Vice President, Buying since 1992. Prior to that, Mr.
Schlauch served as Head of Buying from 1990 to 1992 and as Vice President, Buying from 1982 to
1990.
Jeffrey L. Fraley has served as Senior Vice President, Human Resources since July 2001. Prior
to that, Mr. Fraley served as Vice President, Human Resources from 1992 to 2001.
Elizabeth F. Chambers assumed the role of Acting Controller in July 2005. Prior to that, Ms.
Chambers served as Assistant Controller from 1993 to July 2005. Prior to joining the Company, Ms.
Chambers was an Account Analyst Manager for Thrifty Corporation from 1988 to 1993. Ms. Chambers was an auditor for Deloitte,
Haskins & Sells from 1985 to 1988.
Thomas L. Robershaw has served as Assistant Treasurer since he joined the Company in 2003.
Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Robershaw was Director of Capital Markets at Global Crossing
Development Corporation from 1998 to 2003. In such capacity, Mr. Robershaw oversaw leasing and
foreign exchange transactions, as well as cash management and other treasury-related matters.
Prior to that, Mr. Robershaw held various financial positions at The Walt Disney Company from 1994
to 1998 and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation from 1992 to 1994.
The board of directors consists of three classes, consisting of Class A directors, Class B
directors and Class C directors. The terms of office of the Class A directors, Class B directors
and Class C directors expire in the year 2006 (Class A), the year 2007 (Class B) and the year 2005
(Class C). Each director holds office until such
37
directors successor is duly elected and qualified. Directors elected to succeed those
directors whose terms then expire will be elected for a three-year term of office. Executive
officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors, subject to rights, if any, under
contracts of employment. See Item 11: Executive Compensation.
Except as set forth above, there are no family relationships between any director or executive
officer and any other director or executive officer of the Company. Except as disclosed under
Item 13: Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
Amended and Restated Stockholders
Agreement and Item 11: Executive Compensation Employment Agreement, there are no arrangements
or understandings between any director or executive officer and any other person pursuant to which
such person has been or will be selected as a director and/or executive officer of the Company
(other than arrangements or understandings with any such director and/or executive officer acting
in such persons capacity as such). There are no material proceedings to which any of the
following is a party adverse to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or has a material interest
that is adverse to the Company or any of its subsidiaries: any director, officer or affiliate of
the Company, any owner of record or beneficial holder of more than five percent (5%) of the
outstanding shares of the Companys common stock or any associate of any such director, officer,
affiliate or security holder.
On August 16, 2005, Barry D. Emerson accepted an offer of employment to serve as Senior Vice
President of the Company commencing on or before September 12, 2005, and upon the completion of the
filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the first and
second quarters of fiscal 2005, as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of
the Company. Prior to his employment with the Company, Mr. Emerson, 47, was employed by U. S. Auto
Parts Network, Inc., an ecommerce distributor of aftermarket auto parts in the United States, where
he served as Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer during 2005. Prior to that, Mr.
Emerson served as Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of Elite Information Group,
Inc., a software product and services company, from 1999 through 2004.
Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert
The board of directors has a standing audit committee, which is chaired by Sandra N. Bane and
currently consists of Ms. Bane, Ms. Dunbar and Mr. Danhakl. Each of the members of the audit
committee is independent as that term is defined in Marketplace Rule 4200(a)(15) of the Nasdaq
National Markets listing standards and meets the additional audit committee independence
requirements set forth in Marketplace Rule 4350(d)(2) of the Nasdaq National Markets listing
standards. The board of directors has determined that Ms. Bane qualifies as an audit committee
financial expert as defined in the rules of the SEC.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Based solely upon review of copies of Section 16(a) reports furnished to the Company during or
with respect to the year ended January 2, 2005 and written representations that no other reports
were required, the Company believes that all Section 16(a) reporting requirements were met during
fiscal 2004, except that Thomas J. Schlauch did not timely report a sale of 4,900 shares of the
Companys common stock that occurred on April 2, 2004. The report was due by April 6, 2004 and was
filed on April 8, 2004.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our
employees, including our senior financial and executive officers, as well as our directors. We will
disclose any waivers of, or amendments to, any provision of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
that applies to our directors and senior financial and executive officers on our website,
www.big5sportinggoods.com.
38
ITEM 11: EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Summary Compensation Table
The following table summarizes the compensation of the Companys Chief Executive Officer and
each of the Companys four other most highly compensated executive officers for the fiscal year
ended January 2, 2005 (collectively, the Named Executive Officers):
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Compensation (1) |
|
|
Awards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities |
|
|
All Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying |
|
|
Compensation |
|
Name and Principal Position |
|
Year |
|
|
Salary($) |
|
|
Bonus($) |
|
|
Options(#) |
|
|
($)(2) |
|
Steven G. Miller |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
415,000 |
|
|
|
615,000 |
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
12,410 |
|
Chairman of the Board, |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
395,000 |
|
|
|
615,000 |
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
12,542 |
|
President and Chief |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
|
375,000 |
|
|
|
953,550 |
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,955 |
|
Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas J. Schlauch |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
233,000 |
|
|
|
217,000 |
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
12,410 |
|
Senior Vice President, |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
221,000 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
12,595 |
|
Buying |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
|
211,000 |
|
|
|
263,710 |
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,692 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard A. Johnson |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
207,000 |
|
|
|
197,000 |
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
12,410 |
|
Senior Vice President, Store |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
195,000 |
|
|
|
180,000 |
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
11,426 |
|
Operations |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
|
185,000 |
|
|
|
258,452 |
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,683 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles P. Kirk |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
217,000 |
|
|
|
170,000 |
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
12,410 |
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
205,000 |
|
|
|
170,000 |
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
12,260 |
|
|
|
|
2002 |
|
|
|
195,000 |
|
|
|
248,452 |
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,302 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gary S. Meade |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
167,000 |
|
|
|
98,000 |
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
12,051 |
|
Senior Vice President, |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
155,000 |
|
|
|
85,000 |
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
12,260 |
|
General Counsel |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
|
145,000 |
|
|
|
95,721 |
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,537 |
|
and Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Excludes perquisites and other personal benefits, securities or property. The aggregate
amount of such compensation is less than the lesser of either $50,000 or 10 percent of the total
of annual salary and bonus reported for each of the named executive officers. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents matching and profit-sharing contributions under the Companys 401(k) plan, and
insurance premiums paid by the Company on split-dollar executive life insurance policies. The
Company discontinued such insurance policies in October 2003. |
|
(3) |
|
Amounts include one-time bonuses of $368,550, $73,710, $88,452, $88,452, and $20,271
paid in 2002 to Steven G. Miller, Thomas J. Schlauch, Richard A. Johnson, Charles P. Kirk and
Gary S. Meade, respectively, in connection with the Companys initial public offering, which
were funded by a reduction in the redemption price of the Companys preferred stock. |
2004 Option Grants
The following table shows individual grants of options made to executive officers named in the
Summary Compensation Table during fiscal 2004. All of these option grants were made under the 2002
Stock Incentive Plan, and the exercise price was based upon the fair market value of the Companys
common stock on the date of grant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
% of Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities |
|
|
Options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential Realizable Value at |
|
|
|
Underlying |
|
|
Granted to |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed Annual Rates of |
|
|
|
Options Granted |
|
|
Employees |
|
|
of Base |
|
|
Expiration |
|
|
Stock Price Appreciation |
|
Name |
|
(#)(1) |
|
|
in 2003 |
|
|
Price ($/Sh) |
|
|
Date |
|
|
for Option Term (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5% ($) |
|
|
10% ($) |
|
Steven G. Miller |
|
|
30,000 |
(3) |
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
24.61 |
|
|
|
2/13/14 |
|
|
|
464,313 |
|
|
|
1,176,660 |
|
Thomas J. Schlauch |
|
|
10,000 |
(4) |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
24.61 |
|
|
|
2/13/14 |
|
|
|
154,771 |
|
|
|
392,220 |
|
Richard A. Johnson |
|
|
10,000 |
(4) |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
24.61 |
|
|
|
2/13/14 |
|
|
|
154,771 |
|
|
|
392,220 |
|
Charles P. Kirk |
|
|
10,000 |
(4) |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
24.61 |
|
|
|
2/13/14 |
|
|
|
154,771 |
|
|
|
392,220 |
|
Gary S. Meade |
|
|
10,000 |
(4) |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
24.61 |
|
|
|
2/13/14 |
|
|
|
154,771 |
|
|
|
392,220 |
|
39
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Options are transferable under limited conditions, primarily to accommodate estate
planning purposes. |
|
(2) |
|
This column shows the hypothetical gains on the options granted based on assumed annual
compound price appreciation of 5% and 10% over the full ten-year term of the options. The
assumed rates of 5% and 10% appreciation are mandated by the SEC and do not represent the
Companys estimate or projection of future prices. |
|
(3) |
|
These options vest in 48 equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of each month
beginning March 1, 2004. |
|
(4) |
|
These options vest annually in four equal installments commencing on the first anniversary
following the grant date of February 13, 2004. |
Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Value Table
The following table sets forth information with respect to the exercise of stock options by
Named Executive Officers during the year ended January 2, 2005, and the final year-end value of
unexercised stock options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities |
|
|
Value of Unexercised In-The- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying Unexercised Options |
|
|
Money Options at Fiscal |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Value |
|
|
at Fiscal Year End (#) |
|
|
Year-End ($)(a) |
|
|
|
Acquired on |
|
|
Realized |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Exercise (#) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
Exercisable |
|
|
Unexercisable |
|
|
Exercisable |
|
|
Unexercisable |
|
Steven G. Miller |
|
|
0 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
$ |
287,088 |
|
|
$ |
413,413 |
|
Thomas J. Schlauch |
|
|
0 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
17,500 |
|
|
$ |
47,050 |
|
|
$ |
186,450 |
|
Richard A. Johnson |
|
|
0 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
17,500 |
|
|
$ |
47,050 |
|
|
$ |
186,450 |
|
Charles P. Kirk |
|
|
0 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
17,500 |
|
|
$ |
47,050 |
|
|
$ |
186,450 |
|
Gary S. Meade |
|
|
0 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
17,500 |
|
|
$ |
47,050 |
|
|
$ |
186,450 |
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Based on the closing price of the Companys common stock on December 31, 2004 (the last
business day of fiscal 2004) of $29.14. |
Compensation of Directors
Directors who are also employees of the Company are compensated as officers of the Company and
receive no additional compensation for serving as directors. Non-employee directors receive an
annual retainer of $20,000 for service on the board of directors, plus $2,500 for attendance at
each regularly scheduled meeting of the board of directors or each committee meeting not otherwise
held on the day of a board meeting, and $1,000 for attendance by telephone at any specially called
board meeting or committee meeting. The Chairs of the audit committee and compensation committee
receive additional annual retainers of $10,000 and $5,000, respectively. In addition, in 2004, the
Company adopted a policy pursuant to which each non-employee director was initially granted options
to purchase 10,000 shares of the Companys common stock and will annually be granted options to
purchase 5,000 shares of such stock. The options will have an exercise price equal to the fair
market value of the Companys common stock on the date of grant and will vest in four equal annual
installments. Initial grants under the policy were made in August 2004 and annual grants
thereafter will be made on the date of the Companys annual meeting of stockholders. Directors are
also reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending such meetings. Dr. Miller has
waived his right to receive his director fees and stock options.
Employment Agreements
The Company has an employment agreement with Steven G. Miller, who currently serves as
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer.
Steven G. Millers employment agreement provides that he will serve as Chairman of the Board
of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President for a term of four years from any given date,
such that there shall
40
always be a minimum of at least four years remaining under his employment agreement. The
employment agreement provides for Steven G. Miller to receive an annual base salary of $375,000,
subject to annual increase based on comparable compensation packages provided to executives in
similarly situated companies, and to participate in a bonus plan based on standards to be
established by the compensation committee. Steven G. Miller is also entitled to specified
perquisites. In addition, as long as Steven G. Miller serves as an officer, the Company will use
its best efforts to ensure that he continues to serve on the Companys board of directors and on
the board of directors of the Companys wholly owned subsidiary, Big 5 Corp.
If Steven G. Millers employment is terminated due to his death, the employment agreement
provides for accelerated vesting of options that would have been exercisable during half of the
remaining scheduled term of the employment agreement and the continuation of family medical
benefits for the remaining scheduled term of the employment agreement. If Steven G. Millers
employment is terminated due to his disability, the employment agreement provides that the Company
will pay Steven G. Miller his remaining base salary for half of the remaining scheduled term of the
employment agreement and an additional payment equal to two times the greater of (i) his last
annual cash bonus or (ii) the average annual cash bonus paid during the last three fiscal years. In
addition, the employment agreement provides for accelerated vesting of options that would have been
exercisable during half of the remaining scheduled term of the employment agreement and the
continuation of specified benefits for such term.
If Steven G. Miller terminates the employment agreement for good reason or for any reason
within six months of a change in control, or if the Company terminates the employment agreement
without cause, the employment agreement provides the Company will pay Steven G. Miller his
remaining base salary during the remaining scheduled term of the employment agreement and an
additional payment equal to three times the greater of (i) his last annual cash bonus or (ii) the
average annual cash bonus paid during the last three fiscal years. In addition, the employment
agreement provides for accelerated vesting of all of his options and the continuation of specified
benefits during the remaining scheduled term of the employment agreement.
If Steven G. Miller terminates the employment agreement without good reason or the Company
terminates the employment agreement for cause, Steven G. Miller is entitled to receive all accrued
and unpaid salary and other compensation and all accrued and unused vacation.
On August 16, 2005, Big 5 Corp., the Companys wholly-owned subsidiary, and Barry D. Emerson
entered into an employment offer letter (the Offer Letter). The Offer Letter sets forth the
terms of Mr. Emersons employment with the Company, Big 5 Corp. and Big 5 Services Corp., a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Big 5 Corp. (together with the Company and Big 5 Corp., the Big 5
Companies). Beginning on or before September 12, 2005, Mr. Emerson will commence employment as
Senior Vice President of each of the Big 5 Companies, and upon the completion of the filings of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the first and second
quarters of fiscal 2005, he will also be appointed Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of each of
the Big 5 Companies. Mr. Emerson will receive a starting annual base salary of $275,000 and a
starting annual bonus of $125,000, to be paid in the first quarter of 2006 and prorated based upon
the period of employment during the 2005 fiscal year. On the first day of his employment, Mr.
Emerson will receive a stock option grant to acquire 50,000 shares of the Companys common stock,
which will vest 25% per year over four years and will have a term of ten years. The exercise price
for the options will be equal to the closing price of the Companys common stock on the day that
Mr. Emerson starts work with the Company. In addition, Mr. Emerson will receive specified
perquisites, and be eligible for future stock option grants, comparable to those provided to other
senior vice presidents of the Company.
The Company will enter into a mutually-acceptable severance agreement with Mr. Emerson setting
forth the terms of his at will employment. If the Company terminates Mr. Emersons employment
other than for cause (as defined), Mr. Emerson will receive a severance package which will
include one years base salary and one years health coverage for Mr. Emerson and his family.
Indemnification Agreements
In addition to the indemnification provisions contained in our Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, we have indemnification agreements with each of our
directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, provide for
indemnification of our directors and executive officers for
41
expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts (collectively, Liabilities) incurred by
any such person in any action or proceeding arising out of such persons services as a director or
executive officer or at our request, if the applicable director or executive officer acted in good
faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests
of the Company. These agreements also require us to advance expenses incurred by any of our
directors or executive officers in connection with any proceeding against such individual with
respect to which such individual may be entitled to indemnification by the Company. Pursuant to
these agreements, we may advance expenses and indemnify, and in certain cases are required to
advance expenses and indemnify, our directors and executive officers for certain Liabilities
incurred in connection with or related to the Childers action. Additional information regarding
the Childers action in contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K in Item 3Legal Proceedings.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
For the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005, the compensation committee consisted of G. Michael
Brown, as Chair, Sandra N. Bane and John G. Danhakl, none of whom is or has been an officer or
employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Ms. Bane and Mr. Danhakl do not have and have
not had any relationship requiring disclosure under any paragraph of Item 404 of Regulation S-K.
Mr. Brown is a partner at the law firm of Musick, Peeler & Garrett LLP. From time to time, the
Company retains Musick, Peeler & Garrett LLP to handle various litigation matters.
No interlocking relationship existed between the board of directors or the compensation
committee of the Company and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company.
|
|
|
ITEM 12: |
|
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of the Companys
common stock as of August 1, 2005 by:
|
|
|
each of the Companys directors; |
|
|
|
|
each Named Executive Officer; |
|
|
|
|
each person, or group or affiliated persons, who is known by the Company to
beneficially own more than 5% the Companys common stock; and |
|
|
|
|
all current directors and executive officers as a group. |
Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, each beneficial owner has the sole power
to vote and to dispose of all shares held by that holder. Percentage ownership is based on
22,677,627 shares of common stock outstanding as of August 1, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership |
|
Name (1) |
|
of Common Stock |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Percent (%)(2) |
|
Steven G. Miller |
|
|
1,460,482 |
(3) |
|
|
6.4 |
|
Michael D. Miller |
|
|
428,000 |
(4) |
|
|
1.9 |
|
Thomas J. Schlauch |
|
|
87,500 |
(5) |
|
|
* |
|
Richard A. Johnson |
|
|
186,702 |
(6) |
|
|
* |
|
Charles P. Kirk |
|
|
214,100 |
(7) |
|
|
1.0 |
|
Gary S. Meade |
|
|
34,325 |
(8) |
|
|
* |
|
Sandra N. Bane |
|
|
2,500 |
(9) |
|
|
* |
|
G. Michael Brown |
|
|
2,500 |
(10) |
|
|
* |
|
John G. Danhakl |
|
|
68,478 |
(11) |
|
|
* |
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership |
|
Name (1) |
|
of Common Stock |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Percent (%)(2) |
|
Jennifer Holden Dunbar |
|
|
4,893 |
(12) |
|
|
* |
|
All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons) |
|
|
2,552,945 |
(13) |
|
|
11.3 |
|
5% Stockholders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neuberger Berman, Inc. (14) |
|
|
2,807,849 |
|
|
|
12.4 |
|
FMR Corp. (15) |
|
|
2,734,774 |
|
|
|
12.1 |
|
Wasatch Advisors, Inc. (16) |
|
|
2,210,344 |
|
|
|
9.7 |
|
Gilder, Gagnon, Howe & Co. LLC (17) |
|
|
1,211,102 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates less than 1%. |
|
(1) |
|
The address for each stockholder is 2525 East El Segundo Boulevard, El Segundo,
California 90245, except as otherwise indicated below. |
|
(2) |
|
Shares of common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable
within 60 days of August 1, 2005 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the
person holding such options or who otherwise has beneficial ownership thereof for the
purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person, but are not deemed to be
outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes 1,005,000 shares of common stock held by Steven G. Miller and Jacquelyne G.
Miller, as trustees of the Steven G. Miller and Jacquelyne G. Miller Trust dated September
13, 1990, 424,232 shares of common stock held by Robert W. and Florence Miller Family
Partners, L.P., of which Steven G. Miller is a limited partner and shares dispositive power
with respect to the shares pursuant to a trading authorization dated November 12, 2004
executed by Robert W. Miller and Florence H. Miller, as general partners, and 31,250 shares
which may be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of August 1,
2005. Mr. Miller disclaims beneficial ownership in the shares owned by Robert W. and
Florence Miller Family Partners, L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest
therein. Jacquelyne G. Miller shares beneficial ownership of the 1,005,000 shares of
common stock held by the Steven G. Miller and Jacquelyne G. Miller Trust dated September
13, 1990. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents 428,000 shares of common stock held by Michael D. Miller, Trustee of the
Miller Living Trust dated December 11, 1997. |
|
(5) |
|
Includes 7,500 shares which may be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable
within 60 days of August 1, 2005. |
|
(6) |
|
Includes 7,500 shares which may be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable
within 60 days of August 1, 2005. |
|
(7) |
|
Includes 7,500 shares which may be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable
within 60 days of August 1, 2005. |
|
(8) |
|
Includes 7,500 shares which may be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable
within 60 days of August 1, 2005. |
|
(9) |
|
Represents 2,500 shares which may be acquired upon the exercise of options exerciseable
within 60 days of August 1, 2005. |
|
(10) |
|
Represents 2,500 shares which may be acquired upon the exercise of options exerciseable
within 60 days of August 1, 2005. |
|
(11) |
|
Includes 1,247 shares of common stock owned directly by John G. Danhakl, 11,097 shares
of common stock owned by Mr. Danhakl and his wife, Kathy Danhakl, as joint tenants, 53,634
shares of common stock owned by the Danhakl Revocable Family Trust and 2,500 shares which
may be acquired upon the |
43
|
|
|
|
|
exercise of options exerciseable within 60 days of August 1, 2005. The address for Mr.
Danhakl is 11111 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 2000, Los Angeles, California 90025. |
|
(12) |
|
Includes 2,393 shares of common stock held by Jennifer Holden Dunbar, Trustee of the
Lilac II Trust dated June 28, 2000, and 2,500 shares which may be acquired upon the
exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of August 1, 2005. |
|
(13) |
|
Includes 79,200 shares which the directors and executive officers may be deemed to have
beneficial ownership with respect to options to purchase the Companys common stock
exercisable within 60 days of August 1, 2005. |
|
(14) |
|
The address for Neuberger Berman, Inc. is 605 Third Ave., New York, NY, 10158-3698, as
reported in the Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 16, 2005. According to Items
6 and 7 of the Schedule 13G/A filed by the stockholder on February 16, 2005, as a parent
holding company of Neuberger Berman LLC and Neuberger Berman Management Inc. which manage
certain accounts in which the reported shares are held, stockholder has been granted the
shared authority to dispose of and vote those shares. Stockholders holdings are based
upon the holdings disclosed in the Schedule 13G/A. |
|
(15) |
|
The address for FMR Corp. is 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, as
reported in the Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2005. According to Items
3 and 7 of the Schedule 13G/A filed by the stockholder on February 14, 2005, as a parent
holding company of certain investment advisors and banks which manage accounts in which the
reported shares are held, stockholder has been granted the authority to dispose of the
shares. Stockholders holdings are based upon the holdings disclosed in the Schedule
13G/A. |
|
(16) |
|
The address for Wasatch Advisors, Inc. is 150 Social Hall Avenue, Salt Lake City, UT
84111, as reported in the Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on January 10, 2005. According
to Item 4 of the Schedule 13G/A filed by the stockholder on January 10, 2005, the
stockholder is an investment advisor and has been granted the authority to dispose of and
vote the shares reported. Stockholders holdings are based upon the holdings disclosed in
the Schedule 13G/A. |
|
(17) |
|
The address for Gilder, Gagnon, Howe & Co. LLC is 1775 Broadway, 26th Floor, New York,
New York 10019, as reported in the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2005.
According to Item 4 of the Schedule 13G filed by the stockholder on February 14, 2005, the
shares reported include shares held in customer accounts over which partners and/or
employees of the stockholder have discretionary authority to dispose of or direct the
disposition of the shares, shares held in accounts owned by the partners of the stockholder
and their families, and shares held in the account of the profit-sharing plan of the
stockholder. Stockholder has been granted the shared authority to dispose of the shares.
Stockholders holdings are based upon the holdings disclosed in the Schedule 13G. |
44
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table sets forth information regarding the Companys equity compensation plans
as of January 2, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
remaining |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
available for |
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
future issuance |
|
|
|
securities to be |
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
under equity |
|
|
|
issued upon |
|
|
average |
|
|
compensation |
|
|
|
exercise of |
|
|
exercise price of |
|
|
plans |
|
|
|
outstanding |
|
|
outstanding |
|
|
(excluding |
|
|
|
options, |
|
|
options, |
|
|
securities |
|
|
|
warrants and |
|
|
warrants and |
|
|
reflected in |
|
Plan category |
|
rights |
|
|
rights |
|
|
column (a)) |
|
|
|
(a) |
|
|
(b) |
|
|
(c) |
|
Equity compensation
plans approved by
security holders(1) |
|
|
720,150 |
|
|
$ |
17.74 |
|
|
|
2,911,250 |
(2) |
Equity compensation
plans not approved
by security holders
(none) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
720,150 |
|
|
$ |
17.74 |
|
|
|
2,911,250 |
(2) |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Company has two equity compensation plans: the 1997 Management Equity Plan and the 2002
Stock Incentive Plan. |
|
(2) |
|
Does not include 611,298 shares available for issuance under the 1997 Management Equity Plan
because the Company does not intend to make any more grants under such plan. |
45
ITEM 13: CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Relationship with Pacific Enterprises, Thrifty Corporation and Rite Aid Corp.
Prior to September 1992, the predecessor to what is now the Companys wholly owned operating
subsidiary, Big 5 Corp., was a wholly owned subsidiary of Thrifty Corporation, which in turn was a
wholly owned subsidiary of Pacific Enterprises. In December 1996, Thrifty Corporation was acquired
by Rite Aid Corp.
As a result of the Companys prior relationship with Thrifty Corporation and its affiliates,
the Company continues to maintain certain relationships with Rite Aid Corp. and Sempra Energy, the
successor to Pacific Enterprises. These relationships include continuing indemnification
obligations of Sempra Energy to the Company for certain environmental matters and obligations under
ERISA arising out of Pacific Enterprises prior ownership of all of the capital stock of Thrifty
Corporation and the predecessor to what is now the Companys wholly owned subsidiary, including (1)
indemnification for certain environmental liability costs incurred by the Company resulting from a
contravention of applicable law relating to the prior and then existing use and ownership of the
properties and assets (including all real estate) previously owned by Pacific Enterprises and (2)
indemnification for certain liability costs incurred by the Company resulting from a contravention
by Pacific Enterprises of any applicable law relating to benefit plans sponsored by Thrifty
PayLess, Inc. or Thrifty Corporation. The indemnification obligations of Sempra Energy relating to
environmental liabilities, which pursuant to their terms are limited in scope and aggregate maximum
dollar amounts, will continue until September 25, 2012, while the indemnification obligations
relating to Sempra Energys obligations under ERISA will continue until the expiration of all
applicable statutes of limitations. Green Equity Investors III, L.P., an affiliate of Leonard
Green & Partners, L.P. and of an entity which was, until November 21, 2003, the owner of more than
5% of the Companys outstanding shares of common stock, holds convertible preferred stock in Rite
Aid Corp. that, if converted, would represent approximately 7.3% of its outstanding stock.
The Company leases certain property and equipment from Rite Aid, which leases this property
and equipment from an outside party. Charges related to these leases totaled $0.2 million, $0.2
million and $0.4 million for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002, December 28, 2003 and
January 2, 2005, respectively.
Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement
The Company had an amended and restated stockholders agreement with Green Equity Investors,
L.P., Robert W. Miller and Steven G. Miller. In accordance with the terms of the amended and
restated stockholders agreement, Green Equity Investors, L.P. designated Mr. Danhakl for nomination
to the board of directors at the 2003 annual meeting of stockholders, and Robert W. Miller and
Steven G. Miller voted all of their common stock in favor of electing Green Equity Investors,
L.P.s nominee. The amended and restated stockholders agreement terminated pursuant to its terms
subsequent to the Companys secondary offering in November 2003.
Legal Services
G. Michael Brown is a partner of the law firm of Musick, Peeler & Garrett LLP. From time to
time, the Company retains Musick, Peeler & Garrett LLP to handle various litigation matters. The
Company paid the law firm of Musick, Peeler & Garrett LLP $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.9
million in fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, for services provided.
Compensation Paid to and Arrangements with Family Members of Directors and Executive Officers
The Company has an employment agreement with Robert W. Miller, who serves as Chairman Emeritus
of the Board of Directors. Robert W. Miller is the father of Steven G. Miller and Michael D.
Miller. Robert W. Millers employment agreement provides that he will serve as Chairman Emeritus
of the Board of Directors for a term of three years from any given date, such that there shall
always be a minimum of at least three years remaining under his employment agreement. The
employment agreement provides for Robert W. Miller to receive an annual base salary of $350,000.
Robert W. Miller is also entitled to specified perquisites. If Robert W. Millers employment is
terminated by either Robert W. Miller or the Company for any reason, the employment agreement
provides that the Company will pay Robert W. Miller his annual base salary and provide specified
benefits for the remainder of his life. The employment agreement also provides that in the event
Robert W. Miller is survived by his
46
wife, the Company will pay his wife his annual base salary and provide her specified benefits
for the remainder of her life.
The Company recognized expenses of $1.5 million,
$0.1 million and $0.2 million in fiscal 2002, fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004, respectively, to establish a liability for future obligations under this agreement.
Bradley A. Johnson, the son of Richard A. Johnson, the Companys Senior Vice President, Store
Operations, is employed by the Company as a buyer. Bradley A. Johnson received a salary of $78,232
in fiscal 2004 and earned a bonus of $21,500. The salary and bonus received by Bradley A. Johnson
is consistent with those paid to other Company employees with similar responsibilities.
ITEM 14: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The aggregate fees billed for professional services provided by KPMG LLP in fiscal years 2004
and 2003 were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type of Fees |
|
Fiscal 2004 |
|
|
Fiscal 2003 |
|
Audit Fees |
|
$ |
1,504,000 |
|
|
$ |
290,500 |
|
Audit-related Fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
68,500 |
|
Tax Fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
133,720 |
|
All Other Fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fees |
|
$ |
1,504,000 |
|
|
$ |
492,720 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the above table, in accordance with the definitions of the SEC, audit fees are fees paid
by the Company to KPMG LLP for the audit of the Companys consolidated financial statements
included in its annual report on Form 10-K and review of the unaudited financial statements
included in its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or for services that are normally provided by the
accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.
Audit-related Fees are fees billed by KPMG LLP for assurance and related services that are
reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Companys financial statements.
In fiscal 2003, audit-related fees consisted of fees for services primarily related to review of
the Companys registration statement for a secondary offering of common stock in the fourth quarter
of fiscal 2003 and an audit of the Companys benefit plan.
Tax Fees are fees for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. In fiscal 2003, tax fees
also included fees for tax advisory services relating to state and local taxes and unclaimed
property regulations.
All Other Fees are fees billed by KPMG LLP to the Company for any services not included in
the first three categories.
Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures
The audit committee is required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of the SEC
promulgated thereunder to pre-approve the auditing and permissible non-audit services performed by
the Companys independent auditor to provide assurance that the provision of those services does
not impair the independence of the auditor. The audit committee has adopted a pre-approval policy
to assist it in carrying out this responsibility.
Under the pre-approval policy, the annual audit services engagement terms and fees are subject
to the specific pre-approval of the audit committee. The audit committee will approve, if
necessary, any changes in terms, conditions and/or fees resulting from changes in audit scope, the
Companys organizational structure or other matters. In addition, if the audit committee, after
reviewing documentation detailing the specific services to be provided by the independent auditors
and having discussions with management, determines that the performance of such services would not
impair the independence of the independent auditor, the audit committee may also approve (i)
audit-related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the
Companys financial
47
statements and that are traditionally performed by the independent auditor, (ii) tax services
such as tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice and/or (iii) permissible non-audit services
that it believes are routine and recurring services.
All audit and permissible non-audit services provided by KPMG LLP to the Company for the
fiscal years 2004 and 2003 were pre-approved in accordance with the Companys pre-approval policies
and procedures.
48
PART IV
ITEM 15: EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(A) |
|
Documents filed as part of this report: |
|
(1) |
|
Financial Statements. |
|
|
|
See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1 hereof. |
|
(2) |
|
Financial Statement Schedule. |
|
|
|
See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements Index on page F-1 hereof. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation. (5) |
|
|
|
3.2
4.1 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws. (5)
Specimen of Common Stock Certificate. (4) |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
Indenture dated as of November 13, 1997 between
Big 5 Corp. and First Trust National Association, as trustee. (1) |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
Form of Big 5 Corp. 10.875% Series B Senior Notes
due 2007 (included in Exhibit 4.2). (1) |
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders
Agreement among Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation, Green Equity
Investors, L.P., Steven G. Miller and Robert W. Miller. (3) |
|
|
|
10.2
10.3 |
|
|
1997 Management Equity Plan. (2)
2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (3) |
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
between Robert W. Miller and Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation. (3) |
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
between Steven G. Miller and Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation. (3) |
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Indemnification
Implementation Agreement between Big 5 Corp. (successor to United
Merchandising Corp.) and Thrifty PayLess Holdings, Inc. dated as of
April 20, 1994. (5) |
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
Agreement and Release among Pacific Enterprises,
Thrifty PayLess Holdings, Inc., Thrifty PayLess, Inc., Thrifty and Big 5
Corp. (successor to United Merchandising Corp.) dated as of March 11,
1994. (5) |
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
Grant of Security Interest in and Collateral
Assignment of Trademarks and Licenses dated as of March 8, 1996 by Big 5
Corp. in favor of The CIT Group/ Business Credit, Inc. (5) |
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
Guarantee dated March 8, 1996 by Big 5
Corporation (now known as Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation) in favor of
The CIT Group/ Business Credit, Inc. (5) |
|
|
|
10.10
10.11 |
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement. (5)
Form of Indemnification Letter Agreement. (4) |
|
|
|
10.12 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Financing Agreement dated
March 20, 2003 between The CIT Group/ Business Credit, Inc., the Lenders
and Big 5 Corp. (5) |
|
|
|
10.13 |
|
|
Modification and Reaffirmation of Guaranty dated
March 20, 2003 by Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation in favor of The CIT
Group/Business Credit, Inc. (5) |
|
|
|
10.14 |
|
|
First Amendment to Financing Agreement dated
October 31, 2003, amending the Financing Agreement dated March 20, 2003
between The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc., the Lenders and Big 5 Corp. (6) |
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.15 |
|
|
Joinder Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2004,
by and among Big 5 Corp., Big 5 Services Corp., the Lenders (as defined
therein) and The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. (6) |
|
|
|
10.16 |
|
|
Co-Obligor Agreement, dated as of January 28,
2004, made by Big 5 Corp. and Big 5 Services Corp. in favor The CIT
Group/Business Credit, Inc. as agent for the Lenders (as defined
therein). (6) |
|
|
|
10.17 |
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Financing Agreement,
dated as of December 15, 2004, among The CIT Group/Business Credit,
Inc., as Agent and as Lender, the Lenders named therein, and Big 5 Corp.
and Big 5 Services Corp. (7) |
|
|
|
10.18 |
|
|
Modification and Reaffirmation of Guaranty dated
as of December 15, 2004 by and between Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation,
a Delaware corporation, and The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc., a New
York corporation, as agent for the Lenders described therein. (7) |
|
|
|
10.19 |
|
|
Reaffirmation Of Co-Obligor Agreement dated as
of December 15, 2004, by and among Big 5 Corp., a Delaware corporation
and Big 5 Services Corp., a Virginia corporation, and The CIT
Group/Business Credit, Inc., a New York corporation, as agent for the
Lenders described therein. (7) |
|
|
|
10.20 |
|
|
Lease dated as of March 5, 1996 by and between
the State of Wisconsin Investment Board and United Merchandising Corp. (8) |
|
|
|
10.21 |
|
|
Lease dated as of April 14, 2004 by and between
Pannatoni Development Company, LLC and Big 5 Corp. (8) |
|
|
|
10.22 |
|
|
Form of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation Stock
Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement for use with Steven G.
Miller with the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (9) |
|
|
|
10.23 |
|
|
Form of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation Stock
Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement for use with 2002 Stock
Incentive Plan. (9) |
|
|
|
10.24 |
|
|
Summary of Director Compensation. (9) |
|
|
|
14.1 |
|
|
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. (6) |
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
Subsidiaries of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation. (9) |
|
|
|
23.1 |
|
|
Consent of independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP. (9) |
|
|
|
31.1 |
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer. (9) |
|
|
|
31.2 |
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Acting Controller (jointly performing the function of
principal financial officer with the Assistant Treasurer). (9) |
|
|
|
31.3 |
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Assistant Treasurer (jointly performing the function of
principal financial officer with the Acting Controller). (9) |
|
|
|
32.1 |
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer. (9) |
|
|
|
32.2 |
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of Acting Controller (jointly performing the function of principal
financial officer with the Assistant Treasurer). (9) |
|
|
|
32.3 |
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of Assistant Treasurer (jointly performing the function of
principal financial officer with the Acting Controller). (9) |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Incorporated by reference to Big 5 Corp.s
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-43129) filed with the
SEC on December 23, 1997. |
|
(2) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-68094) filed by Big 5 Sporting Goods
Corporation on August 21, 2001. |
|
(3) |
|
Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to
the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by Big 5 Sporting Goods
Corporation on June 5, 2002. |
|
(4) |
|
Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 4 to
the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by Big 5 Sporting Goods
Corporation on June 24, 2002. |
|
(5) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on
Form 10-K filed by Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation on March 31, 2003. |
|
(6) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on
Form 10-K filed by Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation on March 12, 2004. |
|
(7) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Current Report
on Form 8-K filed by Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation on December 21,
2004. |
50
|
|
|
(8) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Current Report
on Form 10-Q filed by Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation on August 6,
2004. |
|
(9) |
|
Filed herewith. |
51
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly
authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation
|
|
Date: September 6, 2005 |
By |
/S/Steven G. Miller
|
|
|
|
Steven G. Miller |
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director of the Company |
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed
below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
Signatures |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
/S/Steven G. Miller
Steven G. Miller |
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director of the Company
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
September 6, 2005 |
/S/Elizabeth F. Chambers
Elizabeth F. Chambers |
|
Acting Controller
(Co-Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer) |
|
September 6, 2005 |
/S/Thomas L. Robershaw
Thomas L. Robershaw |
|
Assistant Treasurer
(Co-Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer) |
|
September 6, 2005 |
/S/Sandra N. Bane
Sandra N. Bane |
|
Director of the Company
|
|
September 6, 2005 |
/S/G. Michael Brown
G. Michael Brown |
|
Director of the Company
|
|
September 6, 2005 |
/S/John G. Danhakl
John G. Danhakl |
|
Director of the Company
|
|
September 6, 2005 |
/S/Jennifer Holden Dunbar
Jennifer Holden Dunbar |
|
Director of the Company
|
|
September 6, 2005 |
/S/Michael D. Miller
Michael D. Miller |
|
Director of the Company
|
|
September 6, 2005 |
52
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
|
F-1 |
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
|
|
F-2 |
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 28, 2003 (as restated) and January 2, 2005 |
|
|
F-3 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002
(as restated), December 28, 2003 (as restated) and January 2, 2005 |
|
|
F-4 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity (Deficit) for the fiscal years ended
December 29, 2002 (as restated), December 28, 2003 (as restated) and January 2, 2005 |
|
|
F-5 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002
(as restated), December 28, 2003 (as restated) and January 2, 2005 |
|
|
F-6 |
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
|
F-7 |
|
|
|
Schedule |
Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule: |
|
|
|
|
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts as of December 29, 2002 (as restated),
December 28, 2003 (as restated) and January 2, 2005 |
|
|
II-1 |
|
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation:
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation and
subsidiaries as listed in the accompanying index. In connection with our audits of the consolidated
financial statements, we also have audited the consolidated financial statement schedule as listed
in the accompanying index. These consolidated financial statements and the consolidated financial
statement schedule are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and the consolidated financial
statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation and subsidiaries as
of December 28, 2003 and January 2, 2005 and the results of their operations and their cash flows
for each of the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002, December 28, 2003 and January 2, 2005 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in
our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the
information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has restated its
financial statements as of December 28, 2003 and for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002 and
December 28, 2003.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Los Angeles, California
September 6, 2005
F-2
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 28, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
January 2, |
|
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
2005 |
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
|
$ |
9,030 |
|
|
$ |
6,746 |
|
Trade and other receivables, net of allowances for
doubtful accounts and sales returns of $2,835 and $3,069, respectively |
|
|
9,652 |
|
|
|
7,109 |
|
Merchandise inventories |
|
|
185,118 |
|
|
|
206,213 |
|
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
5,117 |
|
|
|
7,988 |
|
Deferred income taxes, net |
|
|
14,273 |
|
|
|
15,525 |
|
Total current assets |
|
223,190 |
|
|
243,581 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land |
|
|
186 |
|
|
|
186 |
|
Buildings and improvements |
|
|
42,901 |
|
|
|
49,019 |
|
Furniture and equipment |
|
|
64,341 |
|
|
|
78,130 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(59,203 |
) |
|
|
(68,154 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net property and equipment |
|
|
48,225 |
|
|
|
59,181 |
|
Leasehold interest, net of accumulated amortization of $24,842 and
$26,606, respectively |
|
|
4,022 |
|
|
|
2,178 |
|
Other assets, at cost, less accumulated amortization of $2,281 and
$240, respectively |
|
|
1,866 |
|
|
|
1,292 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
4,433 |
|
|
|
4,433 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
281,736 |
|
|
$ |
310,665 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
89,690 |
|
|
$ |
98,298 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
51,487 |
|
|
|
57,723 |
|
Current portion of long-term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,667 |
|
Total current liabilities |
|
141,177 |
|
|
162,688 |
|
Deferred income taxes, net |
|
|
2,704 |
|
|
|
2,644 |
|
Deferred rent |
|
|
16,053 |
|
|
|
16,389 |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
99,686 |
|
|
|
74,668 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
259,620 |
|
|
|
256,389 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies and subsequent events |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 50,000,000 shares;
issued and outstanding 22,663,927 shares at December 28, 2003 and
22,677,427 shares at January 2, 2005 |
|
|
227 |
|
|
|
227 |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
84,003 |
|
|
|
84,231 |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
(62,114 |
) |
|
|
(30,182 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net stockholders equity |
|
|
22,116 |
|
|
|
54,276 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
stockholders equity |
|
$ |
281,736 |
|
|
$ |
310,665 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 29, |
|
|
December 28, |
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
January 2, |
|
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
2005 |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
667,550 |
|
|
$ |
710,393 |
|
|
$ |
782,215 |
|
Cost of goods sold, buying and occupancy,
excluding depreciation and amortization
shown separately below |
|
|
429,170 |
|
|
|
455,601 |
|
|
|
496,633 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
238,380 |
|
|
|
254,792 |
|
|
|
285,582 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and administrative |
|
|
178,747 |
|
|
|
189,882 |
|
|
|
209,081 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
10,038 |
|
|
|
10,826 |
|
|
|
12,296 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
188,785 |
|
|
|
200,708 |
|
|
|
221,377 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
49,595 |
|
|
|
54,084 |
|
|
|
64,205 |
|
Redemption premium and unamortized
financing fees related to redemption of
debt |
|
|
4,557 |
|
|
|
3,434 |
|
|
|
2,067 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
15,685 |
|
|
|
11,545 |
|
|
|
6,841 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
29,353 |
|
|
|
39,105 |
|
|
|
55,297 |
|
Income taxes |
|
12,080 |
|
|
15,688 |
|
|
21,778 |
|
Net income |
|
|
17,273 |
|
|
|
23,417 |
|
|
|
33,519 |
|
Redeemable preferred stock dividends and
redemption premium |
|
|
7,999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to
common stockholders |
|
$ |
9,274 |
|
|
$ |
23,417 |
|
|
$ |
33,519 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends per share declared |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
0.07 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.51 |
|
|
$ |
1.03 |
|
|
$ |
1.48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
|
$ |
1.03 |
|
|
$ |
1.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares of common stock
outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
18,358 |
|
|
|
22,651 |
|
|
|
22,669 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
19,476 |
|
|
|
22,753 |
|
|
|
22,792 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity (Deficit)
Years ended December 30, 2001, December 29, 2002, December 28, 2003 and January 2, 2005
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders |
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
paid-in |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Equity |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
capital |
|
|
Deficit |
|
|
(Deficit) |
|
Balance at December
30, 2001 (as previously
reported) |
|
|
15,602,220 |
|
|
$ |
156 |
|
|
$ |
7,058 |
|
|
$ |
(91,639 |
) |
|
$ |
(84,425 |
) |
Restatement adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,166 |
) |
|
|
(3,166 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 30,
2001 (restated) |
|
|
15,602,220 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
7,058 |
|
|
|
(94,805 |
) |
|
|
(87,591 |
) |
Redeemable preferred
stock dividend and
redemption premiums |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,999 |
) |
|
|
(7,999 |
) |
Issuance of common stock |
|
|
7,112,421 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
86,243 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86,314 |
|
Repurchase of common stock |
|
|
(536,623 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(6,951 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,956 |
) |
Stock issuance costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,342 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,342 |
) |
Net income (restated) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,273 |
|
|
|
17,273 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 29,
2002 ( restated) |
|
|
22,178,018 |
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
|
84,008 |
|
|
|
(85,531 |
) |
|
|
(1,301 |
) |
Net income (restated) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,417 |
|
|
|
23,417 |
|
Exercise of warrant |
|
485,909 |
|
|
5 |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 28,
2003 (restated) |
|
|
22,663,927 |
|
|
|
227 |
|
|
|
84,003 |
|
|
|
(62,114 |
) |
|
|
22,116 |
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,519 |
|
|
|
33,519 |
|
Issuance of common stock |
|
|
13,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
228 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
228 |
|
Dividend |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,587 |
) |
|
|
(1,587 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 2, 2005 |
|
|
22,677,427 |
|
|
$ |
227 |
|
|
$ |
84,231 |
|
|
$ |
(30,182 |
) |
|
$ |
54,276 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 29, |
|
|
December 28, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
January 2, 2005 |
|
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
17,273 |
|
|
$ |
23,417 |
|
|
$ |
33,519 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
10,038 |
|
|
|
10,826 |
|
|
|
12,296 |
|
Amortization of deferred finance charges
and discounts |
|
|
2,291 |
|
|
|
594 |
|
|
|
411 |
|
Deferred tax provision (benefit) |
|
|
4,188 |
|
|
|
(761 |
) |
|
|
(1,311 |
) |
Loss on disposal of equipment
and leasehold interest |
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
140 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
Premium (discount) and unamortized financing fees related to redemption of debt |
|
|
4,557 |
|
|
|
3,434 |
|
|
|
2,067 |
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merchandise inventories |
|
|
(8,351 |
) |
|
|
(8,211 |
) |
|
|
(21,095 |
) |
Trade and other receivables, net |
|
|
(854 |
) |
|
|
(2,121 |
) |
|
|
2,543 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
(350 |
) |
|
|
(2,693 |
) |
|
|
(3,366 |
) |
Accounts payable |
|
|
5,404 |
|
|
|
4,371 |
|
|
|
7,442 |
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
|
|
(1,603 |
) |
|
|
4,427 |
|
|
|
6,572 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by
operating activities |
|
|
32,907 |
|
|
|
33,423 |
|
|
|
39,146 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities purchases of
property and equipment |
|
|
(10,999 |
) |
|
|
(11,226 |
) |
|
|
(21,445 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net borrowings (repayments) under revolving credit facilities, and other |
|
|
1,579 |
|
|
|
34,735 |
|
|
|
10,845 |
|
Borrowings (repayments) under term loan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
Issuance of common stock |
|
|
86,314 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
228 |
|
Stock issuance costs |
|
|
(2,342 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of senior discount notes and 10.875% senior notes |
|
|
(31,006 |
) |
|
|
(57,343 |
) |
|
|
(49,471 |
) |
Redemption of preferred stock |
|
|
(67,921 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common stock |
|
|
(6,956 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,587 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities |
|
|
(20,332 |
) |
|
|
(22,608 |
) |
|
|
(19,985 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash |
|
|
1,576 |
|
|
|
(411 |
) |
|
|
(2,284 |
) |
Cash at beginning of year |
|
|
7,865 |
|
|
|
9,441 |
|
|
|
9,030 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash at end of year |
|
$ |
9,441 |
|
|
$ |
9,030 |
|
|
$ |
6,746 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accreted dividends on preferred stock |
|
$ |
3,529 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid |
|
$ |
13,066 |
|
|
$ |
11,505 |
|
|
$ |
7,072 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid |
|
$ |
11,850 |
|
|
$ |
14,908 |
|
|
$ |
22,899 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 29, 2002, December 28, 2003 and January 2, 2005
(dollars in thousands)
(1) |
|
Basis of Presentation and Description of Business |
|
|
|
The accompanying consolidated financial statements as of December 28, 2003 and January 2, 2005
and for the years ended December 29, 2002 (fiscal 2002), December 28, 2003 (fiscal 2003)
and January 2, 2005 (fiscal 2004) represent the financial position and results of operations
of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation (Company) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Big 5 Corp.
and Big 5 Corp.s wholly owned subsidiary, Big 5 Services Corp. The Company operates in one
business segment, as a sporting goods retailer under the Big 5 Sporting Goods name carrying a
broad range of hardlines, softlines and footwear, operating 309 stores at January 2, 2005 in
California, Washington, Arizona, Oregon, Texas, New Mexico, Nevada, Utah, Idaho and Colorado. |
|
(2) |
|
Prior Period Adjustment and Restatement |
|
|
|
The Company has restated the consolidated balance sheet at December 28, 2003 and the
consolidated statements of operations, the consolidated statements of stockholders equity
(deficit) and the consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal years ended December
29, 2002 and December 28, 2003 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company also has
restated its quarterly financial information for fiscal 2003 and the first three quarters of
fiscal 2004. The restatement reflects adjustments to correct the following: |
|
|
|
Accounts payable, cost of goods sold, buying and occupancy (COGS) and sales and
administrative expense (SG&A) were misstated because the Company did not reconcile
certain accounts payable subaccounts correctly or on a sufficiently frequent basis.
This failure created unmatched credits in accounts payable for each of the Companys
2002 and 2003 fiscal years, which were erroneously assumed to be
over-accruals. These assumed over-accruals were reversed at interim
and year end periods and included in
net income. This resulted in an understatement of accounts payable and an
overstatement of net income, as well as a corresponding overstatement of stockholders
equity, for each of these periods. The impact on net income of the adjustments
necessary to correct for these errors was $(1.8) million and $(1.4)
million for fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003, or
$(0.09) and $(0.06) per share (diluted), respectively. |
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses were misstated because of the Companys accounting treatment for
leases. Following the February 7, 2005 letter from the SECs Chief Accountant
clarifying the SEC staffs interpretation of certain lease accounting issues, the
Company revised its definition of the lease term to begin on the possession date,
which may precede the commencement date as defined in the lease agreement, and to
include reasonably assured renewal periods. The Company also reclassified the accrual
of the current non-cash portion of rental expense and the amortization of landlord
allowances for tenant improvements from depreciation and amortization to occupancy
costs. The impact on net income of the adjustments necessary to correct for these
errors was $(0.1) million and $(0.2) million for fiscal 2002 and fiscal
2003, or $(0.01) and $(0.01) per
share (diluted), respectively. |
F-7
|
|
|
|
Inventory, COGS and SG&A were misstated because the Company incorrectly capitalized
certain overhead costs related to inventory, incorrectly determined the net realizable
value of inventory and the shrink of returned merchandise, and recorded sales of damaged or returned merchandise
as an offset to inventory rather than as revenue. The impact on net income of the
adjustments necessary to correct for these errors was $0.7 million and
$(0.7) million for fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003,
or $0.03 and $(0.03) per share (diluted), respectively. |
|
|
|
|
Inventory and accounts payable were misstated because the Company did not record
all inventory in-transit. Adjustments necessary to record all inventory in-transit
increased (decreased) reported inventory and accounts payable by
$6.3 million and $5.6 million for fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003. There was no impact on net income. |
|
|
|
|
Net sales, COGS and inventory were misstated because the Company did not provide an
allowance for estimated sales returns. During the fiscal 2004 third quarter, the
Company changed its accounting for sales returns by establishing an allowance for
estimated sales returns. This resulted in a cumulative adjustment in the third
quarter of fiscal 2004 to establish the allowance. As part of the restatement, the Company reversed the
adjustment to the fiscal third quarter 2004 financial statements to establish the
return reserve and recorded the establishment of the reserve on a quarterly basis in
the individual financial statements for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004. The impact on net
income of reversing the cumulative adjustment in the third quarter of fiscal 2004 and
recording the liability on a quarterly basis was ($0.1) million and $0.0 million in
fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003, or
$(0.01) and $0.00 per share (diluted), respectively. |
|
|
|
|
COGS, SG&A and accrued liabilities were misstated and required adjustments to
correct the timing, classification and method of accounting for certain transactions.
The impact on net income of the adjustments necessary to correct for these errors was
$(0.4) million and $(0.5) million for fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003, or $(0.02) and
$(0.02) per share
(diluted), respectively. |
|
|
The tax provision was adjusted for the impact of adjustments described in the preceding paragraph.
|
|
|
The following is a summary of the effects of the restatement on the Companys consolidated
balance sheet at December 28, 2003 and the Companys consolidated statements of operations
and cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002 and December 28, 2003. The
opening balance of accumulated deficit as of December 30, 2001 in the consolidated statements
of stockholders equity has been reduced by $3.2 million to reflect adjustments in prior
periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet |
|
|
|
As previously |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reported |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
As restated |
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
December 28, 2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other receivables |
|
$ |
11,522 |
|
|
$ |
(1,870 |
) |
|
$ |
9,652 |
|
Merchandise inventories |
|
|
179,555 |
|
|
|
5,563 |
|
|
|
185,118 |
|
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
5,017 |
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
5,117 |
|
Deferred income taxes, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,273 |
|
|
|
14,273 |
|
Total current assets |
|
|
205,124 |
|
|
|
18,066 |
|
|
|
223,190 |
|
Property and
Equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings
and Improvements |
|
|
38,666 |
|
|
|
4,235 |
|
|
|
42,901 |
|
Less
accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(56,241 |
) |
|
|
(2,962 |
) |
|
|
(59,203 |
) |
Net property and equipment |
|
|
46,952 |
|
|
|
1,273 |
|
|
|
48,225 |
|
Deferred income taxes, net |
|
|
9,628 |
|
|
|
(9,628 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
272,025 |
|
|
|
9,711 |
|
|
|
281,736 |
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
76,004 |
|
|
|
13,686 |
|
|
|
89,690 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
54,717 |
|
|
|
(3,230 |
) |
|
|
51,487 |
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
130,721 |
|
|
|
10,456 |
|
|
|
141,177 |
|
Deferred income taxes, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,704 |
|
|
|
2,704 |
|
Deferred rent |
|
|
11,654 |
|
|
|
4,399 |
|
|
|
16,053 |
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
242,061 |
|
|
|
17,559 |
|
|
|
259,620 |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
(54,266 |
) |
|
|
(7,848 |
) |
|
|
(62,114 |
) |
Net stockholders equity |
|
|
29,964 |
|
|
|
(7,848 |
) |
|
|
22,116 |
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
|
|
272,025 |
|
|
|
9,711 |
|
|
|
281,736 |
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations |
|
|
|
As previously |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reported |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
As restated |
|
|
|
(In Thousands, Except per Share Data) |
|
Fiscal
year ended December 29, 2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
667,469 |
|
|
$ |
81 |
|
|
$ |
667,550 |
|
Cost of goods sold, buying and occupancy |
|
|
429,858 |
|
|
|
(688 |
) |
|
|
429,170 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
237,611 |
|
|
|
769 |
|
|
|
238,380 |
|
Selling and administrative |
|
|
174,868 |
|
|
|
3,879 |
|
|
|
178,747 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
9,966 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
10,038 |
|
Total
operating expenses |
|
|
184,834 |
|
|
|
3,951 |
|
|
|
188,785 |
|
Operating income |
|
|
52,777 |
|
|
|
(3,182 |
) |
|
|
49,595 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
15,825 |
|
|
|
(140 |
) |
|
|
15,685 |
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
32,395 |
|
|
|
(3,042 |
) |
|
|
29,353 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
13,313 |
|
|
|
(1,233 |
) |
|
|
12,080 |
|
Net income |
|
|
19,082 |
|
|
|
(1,809 |
) |
|
|
17,273 |
|
Net income available to common stockholders |
|
|
11,083 |
|
|
|
(1,809 |
) |
|
|
9,274 |
|
Earnings per share (basic) |
|
$ |
0.60 |
|
|
$ |
(0.09 |
) |
|
$ |
0.51 |
|
Earnings per share (diluted) |
|
$ |
0.57 |
|
|
$ |
(0.09 |
) |
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
year ended December 28, 2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
709,740 |
|
|
$ |
653 |
|
|
$ |
710,393 |
|
Cost of goods sold, buying and occupancy |
|
|
453,814 |
|
|
|
1,787 |
|
|
|
455,601 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
255,926 |
|
|
|
(1,134 |
) |
|
|
254,792 |
|
Selling and administrative |
|
|
186,798 |
|
|
|
3,084 |
|
|
|
189,882 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
10,412 |
|
|
|
414 |
|
|
|
10,826 |
|
Total
operating expenses |
|
|
197,210 |
|
|
|
3,498 |
|
|
|
200,708 |
|
Operating income |
|
|
58,716 |
|
|
|
(4,632 |
) |
|
|
54,084 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
11,405 |
|
|
|
140 |
|
|
|
11,545 |
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
43,877 |
|
|
|
(4,772 |
) |
|
|
39,105 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
17,587 |
|
|
|
(1,899 |
) |
|
|
15,688 |
|
Net income |
|
|
26,290 |
|
|
|
(2,873 |
) |
|
|
23,417 |
|
Net income available to common stockholders |
|
|
26,290 |
|
|
|
(2,873 |
) |
|
|
23,417 |
|
Earnings per share (basic) |
|
$ |
1.16 |
|
|
$ |
(0.13 |
) |
|
$ |
1.03 |
|
Earnings per share (diluted) |
|
$ |
1.16 |
|
|
$ |
(0.13 |
) |
|
$ |
1.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows |
|
|
|
As previously |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reported |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
As restated |
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
Fiscal
year ended December 29, 2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating
activities |
|
$ |
32,115 |
|
|
$ |
792 |
|
|
$ |
32,907 |
|
Cash flows from investing activities |
|
|
(10,207 |
) |
|
|
(792 |
) |
|
|
(10,999 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
year ended December 28, 2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows
from operating activities |
|
$ |
32,679 |
|
|
$ |
744 |
|
|
$ |
33,423 |
|
Cash flows from investing activities |
|
|
(10,482 |
) |
|
|
(744 |
) |
|
|
(11,226 |
) |
(3) |
|
Initial Public Offering |
|
|
|
In the second quarter of fiscal 2002, the Company completed an initial public offering of 8.1
million shares of common stock, of which 1.6 million shares were sold by selling stockholders.
In the third quarter of fiscal 2002, the Companys underwriters exercised their right to
purchase an additional 1.2 million shares through their over-allotment option, of which 0.5
million shares were sold by selling stockholders. With net proceeds of $76.1 million from the
offering and total net proceeds of $84.0 million after exercise of the underwriters
over-allotment option, and together with borrowings under its credit facility, the Company
redeemed all of its outstanding senior discount notes for $27.5 million and preferred stock
for $67.9 million, paid bonuses to executive officers and directors of $2.0 million which were
funded by a reduction in the redemption price of the Companys preferred stock and repurchased
0.5 million shares of the Companys common stock from non-executive employees for $6.9
million. All uses of proceeds, other than the payment of a portion of the bonuses related to
the initial public offering and certain initial public offering costs, occurred in the third
quarter of fiscal 2002. |
F-9
(4) |
|
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation, Big 5 Corp.
and Big 5 Services Corp. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation.
Reporting Period
The Company reports on the 52-53 week fiscal year ending on the Sunday nearest December 31.
Information presented for the years ended December 29, 2002 and December 28, 2003 represents
52-week fiscal years and for the year ended January 2, 2005 represents a 53-week fiscal year.
Revenue Recognition
The Company earns revenue by selling merchandise primarily through the Companys retail
stores. Also included in revenue are sales of returned merchandise to vendors specializing in
the resale of defective or used products. Revenue is recognized when merchandise is purchased
by and delivered to the customer and is shown net of estimated returns during the relevant
period. The allowance for sales returns is estimated based upon historical experience. Cash
received from the sale of gift cards is recorded as a liability, and revenue is recognized
upon the redemption of the gift card. Installment payments on layaway sales are recorded as a
liability, and revenue is recognized upon receipt of final payment from and delivery to the
customer.
Segment Reporting
The operations of the Company are one reportable segment due to the economic characteristics
of the store formats, the similar nature of the products sold, the type of customer, and
method of distribution.
Business Concentrations
The Company operates traditional sporting goods retail stores located principally in the
western states of the United States. The Company is subject to regional risks such as the
local economies, weather conditions and natural disasters and government regulations. If the
region were to suffer an economic downturn or if other adverse regional events were to occur
that affect the retail industry, there could be a significant adverse effect on managements
estimates and an adverse impact on the Companys performance.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and all highly liquid instruments purchased
with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.
Trade and Other Receivables
Trade accounts receivable consist primarily of third party credit card receivables. Other
receivables consist principally of net amounts due from vendors for certain co-op advertising.
Accounts receivable have not historically resulted in any material credit losses. An
allowance for doubtful accounts is provided when accounts are determined to be uncollectible.
F-10
Merchandise Inventories
The Company values merchandise inventories using the lower of weighted average cost (which
approximates the first-in, first-out cost) or market method. Average cost includes the direct
purchase price of merchandise inventory and overhead costs associated with the Companys
distribution center.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over the earlier of the estimated
useful lives or lease terms, using the straight-line method.
The estimated useful lives are 40 years for buildings, 7 to 10 years for fixtures and
equipment and the shorter of the lease term or 10 years for leasehold improvements.
Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
Landlord allowances for tenant improvements are recorded as deferred rent and amortized on a
straight-line basis over the reasonably assured lease term as a component of rent expense, in
accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 88-1, Issues Relating to Accounting for Leases.
Leasehold Interest
Upon acquisition of the Company by management and others in 1992, an asset was recognized for
the net fair value of favorable operating lease agreements. The leasehold interest asset is
being amortized on a straight-line basis over 13.5 years. The unamortized balance of the
leasehold interest is recorded as a gain or loss if the underlying lease agreement is
terminated prior to the 13.5-year scheduled amortization.
Goodwill
Goodwill, which represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets
acquired, was historically amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 15 to
30 years. In fiscal 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets, which requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no
longer be amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually. The Company
performed its annual impairment test as of the end of fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004, and
goodwill was not considered impaired.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of
The Company reviews its long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may
not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison
of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be
generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be
recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the
fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying
amount or fair value, less costs to sell.
Other Assets
Other assets consist principally of deferred financing costs and are amortized straight-line
over the terms of the respective debt, which approximates the effective interest method.
F-11
Preopening Expenses
New store preopening expenses are charged against operations as incurred.
Advertising Expenses
The Company expenses advertising costs the first time the advertising takes place.
Advertising expenses amounted to $37.0 million for the year ended December 29, 2002, $39.9
million for the year ended December 28, 2003, and $45.5 million for the year ended January 2,
2005. Advertising expense is included in selling and administrative expenses in the
accompanying statements of operations. The Company receives cooperative advertising
allowances from manufacturers in order to subsidize qualifying advertising and similar
promotional expenditures made relating to vendors products. These advertising allowances are
recognized as a reduction to selling and administrative expense when the Company incurs the
advertising eligible for the credit. The Company recognized cooperative advertising
allowances of $6.0 million, $6.3 million, and $6.8 million for the fiscal years ended December
29, 2002, December 28, 2003 and January 2, 2005, respectively.
Leases
We lease the majority of our store locations. We account for our leases under the provisions
of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 13, Accounting for Leases, and
subsequent amendments, which require that our leases be evaluated and classified as operating
or capital leases for financial reporting purposes. All of our leases are classified as
operating leases.
Certain leases have scheduled rent increases. In addition, certain leases include an initial
period of free or reduced rent as an inducement to enter into the lease agreement (rent
holidays). The Company recognizes rental expense for rent escalations and rent holidays on a
straight-line basis over the terms of the underlying leases, without regard to when rent
payments are made. The calculation of straight-line rent is based on the reasonably assured
lease term as defined in SFAS No. 98, Accounting for Leases, which may exceed the initial
non-cancelable lease term.
Certain leases also may provide for payments based on future sales volumes at the leased
location, which are not measurable at the inception of the lease. In accordance with SFAS No.
29, Determining Contingent Rentals, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, these contingent
rents are expensed as they accrue.
Self-Insurance Liabilities
We maintain self-insurance programs for general liability and a portion of our workers
compensation liability risks. We are self-insured up to specified per-occurrence limits and
maintain insurance coverage for losses in excess of specified amounts. Estimated costs under
these programs, including incurred but not reported claims, are recorded as expenses based
upon historical experience, trends of paid and incurred claims, and other actuarial
assumptions. If actual claims trends, including the severity or frequency of claims, differ
from our estimates, our financial results could be significantly impacted.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method whereby deferred
tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to
differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities
and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax
rates expected to apply to
F-12
taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered
or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The realizability of
deferred tax assets is assessed throughout the year and a valuation allowance is recorded if
necessary to reduce net deferred tax assets to an amount whose realization is more likely than
not.
Use of Estimates
Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the
reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at
the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period to prepare these financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include
the carrying amount of property and equipment, intangibles and goodwill; valuation
allowances for receivables, sales returns, inventories and deferred income tax assets; and obligations
related to litigation, workers compensation and employee benefits. Actual results could
differ from these estimates.
Stock Compensation
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure, an amendment to FASB Statement No. 123,
established accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair-value-based method of
accounting for stock-based compensation plans. As permitted by existing accounting standards,
the Company has elected to continue to apply the intrinsic-value-based method of accounting
described above, and has adopted only the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, as amended.
Had the Company determined compensation cost based upon the fair value at the grant date for
its stock options and restricted stock using the Black Scholes option pricing model, pro forma
net income and pro forma net income per share, including the following weighted average
assumptions used in these calculations, would have been as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
December 29, 2002 |
|
|
December 28, 2003 |
|
|
January 2, 2005 |
|
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available
to common
stockholders, as
reported |
|
$ |
9,274 |
|
|
$ |
23,417 |
|
|
$ |
33,519 |
|
Deduct: Total
stock-based employee
compensation expense
determined under fair
value based methods
for all awards, net of
related tax effects |
|
|
310 |
|
|
|
280 |
|
|
|
822 |
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income |
|
$ |
8,964 |
|
|
$ |
23,137 |
|
|
$ |
32,697 |
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic as reported |
|
$ |
0.51 |
|
|
$ |
1.03 |
|
|
$ |
1.48 |
|
Basic pro forma |
|
$ |
0.49 |
|
|
$ |
1.02 |
|
|
$ |
1.44 |
|
Diluted as reported |
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
|
$ |
1.03 |
|
|
$ |
1.47 |
|
Diluted pro forma |
|
$ |
0.46 |
|
|
$ |
1.02 |
|
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
Risk free interest rate |
|
|
3.6 |
% |
|
|
2.9 |
% |
|
|
2.7 |
% |
Expected lives |
|
4 years |
|
|
4 years |
|
|
4 years |
Expected volatility |
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
60 |
% |
Expected dividends |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-13
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 the Company declared its first ever cash dividend,
at an annual rate of $0.28 per share of outstanding common stock. The first quarterly
payment, of $0.07 per share, was paid on December 15, 2004, to stockholders of record as of
December 1, 2004. The majority of options issued in fiscal 2004 were granted prior to the
initiation of a dividend. As a result, the weighted average dividend assumption used in
valuing options granted was less than $0.01 per share during fiscal 2004.
Subsequent Event
Quarterly cash dividends of $0.07
per share were paid on March 15, 2005 and June 15, 2005, to
stockholders of record as of March 1, 2005 and June 1, 2005, respectively. An additional
quarterly dividend has been declared that will be paid on September 15, 2005 to stockholders of
record on September 1, 2005.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders
by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per
share is calculated by using the weighted average of common shares outstanding adjusted to
include the potentially dilutive effect of an outstanding warrant, outstanding stock options
and the dilutive effect of unvested restricted shares issued under the 1997 Plan. The warrant
was exercised in the first quarter of fiscal 2003 (see Note 14).
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per common
share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
|
December 29, 2002 |
|
|
December 28, 2003 |
|
|
January 2, 2005 |
|
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
17,273 |
|
|
|
23,417 |
|
|
|
33,519 |
|
Less: Preferred stock dividends |
|
|
7,999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common stockholders |
|
$ |
9,274 |
|
|
|
23,417 |
|
|
|
33,519 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share |
|
$ |
0.51 |
|
|
|
1.03 |
|
|
|
1.48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share |
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
|
|
1.03 |
|
|
|
1.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
18,358 |
|
|
|
22,651 |
|
|
|
22,669 |
|
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents
arising from stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
123 |
|
Dilutive effect of unvested restricted stock |
|
|
632 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilutive effect of outstanding warrant |
|
|
486 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
19,476 |
|
|
|
22,753 |
|
|
|
22,792 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The computation of diluted earnings for fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2004 does not include 59,000
and 331,500 options, respectively, that were outstanding on those dates. The exercise price of
these options was greater than the average market price of the Companys common stock during the
relevant reporting periods and thus would have been antidilutive. The outstanding warrant was
exercised in the first quarter of fiscal 2003.
F-14
Repurchase of Debt
In January 2003, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB
Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections.
SFAS No. 145 provides that the gain or loss recognized upon early debt extinguishment may no
longer be classified as extraordinary, but rather must be recognized as a component of net
income before extraordinary items, unless the debt extinguishment meets certain criteria set
forth in the APB Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Results of Operations: Reporting the Effects of
Disposal of a Segment of a Business and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring
Events and Transactions (APB No. 30). These criteria, which include that the debt
extinguishment be unusual in nature and occur infrequently, are expected to be satisfied
infrequently. SFAS No. 145 requires enterprises to reclassify prior period items that do not
meet the extraordinary item classification criteria in APB No. 30 upon adoption. Upon
adoption of SFAS No. 145, the Company retroactively reclassified extraordinary gains and
losses related to the redemption of debt for all prior periods presented.
Impact of New Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2004, the
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs an amendment of ARB No. 43,
Chapter 4. SFAS No. 151 clarifies that abnormal inventory costs are required to be
charged to expense as incurred as opposed to being capitalized into inventory
as a product cost. SFAS No. 151 provides examples of abnormal inventory costs
to include costs of idle facilities, excess freight and handling costs, and wasted
materials (spoilage). This statement is effective for inventory costs incurred during
fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. While the Company
continues to evaluate the impact of SFAS No. 151, it does not
believe the adoption of this statement will have a material
impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2004,
FASB issued SFAS No. 123
(Revised), Share-Based Payment (SFAS No. 123R).
SFAS No. 123R eliminates the intrinsic value method under
APB No. 25 as an
alternative method of accounting for stock-based awards.
SFAS No. 123R also
revises the fair value-based method of accounting for
share-based payment liabilities, forfeitures and modifications of
stock-based awards and clarifies SFAS No. 123s
guidance in several areas, including measuring fair value,
classifying an award as equity or as a liability and attributing
compensation cost to reporting periods. In addition, SFAS No. 123R
amends SFAS No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows, to require that excess
tax benefits be reported as a financing cash inflow rather than as a
reduction of taxes paid, which is included within operating cash flows.
SFAS No. 123R is
effective as of the first annual reporting period beginning after
June 15, 2005.
The Company continues to evaluate the impact of SFAS No. 123R
on its overall results of operations, financial position and
cash flows. Please refer to the pro forma disclosure
under Stock Compensation in Note 4 in the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies, for an
indication of ongoing expense that will be included in the
income statement beginning in fiscal 2006 under SFAS
No. 123R.
In May 2005,
FASB issued SFAS No. 154,
Accounting Changes
and Error Corrections,
a replacement of Accounting Principles Board Opinion
(APB) No. 20, Accounting Changes, and
FASB Statement No. 3,
Reporting Accounting Changes
in Interim Financial Statements. This statement requires
retrospective application to prior periods
financial statements of a change in accounting
principle. It applies both to voluntary changes and
to changes required by an accounting pronouncement if the
pronouncement does not include specific transition provisions.
APB No. 20 previously required that most voluntary changes in
accounting principles be recognized by recording the cumulative effect
of a change in accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company plans to
adopt this statement on January 2, 2006
and it is not expected to have a material
effect on the financial statements upon adoption.
F-15
Long-term debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 28, 2003 |
|
|
January 2, 2005 |
|
Revolving credit facility |
|
$ |
51,656 |
|
|
$ |
61,335 |
|
Term loan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
10.875% senior notes due 2007, net of unamortized discount |
|
|
48,030 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99,686 |
|
|
|
81,335 |
|
Less current portion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,667 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt |
|
$ |
99,686 |
|
|
$ |
74,668 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 1997, the Company issued $131.0 million face amount, 10.875% senior notes due 2007, less a
discount of $0.6 million based on an imputed interest rate of 10.95%. The 10.875% senior
notes required semiannual interest payments on each May 15 and November 15, commencing on May
15, 1998. The Company had no mandatory payments of principal on the 10.875% senior notes
prior to their maturity in 2007. The 10.875% senior notes were redeemable in whole or in
part, at the option of the Company, at any time on or after November 15, 2002, at specified
redemption prices, together with any accrued and unpaid interest to such redemption date.
During the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002, the Company repurchased $1.0 million face
value of 10.875% senior notes for a repurchase price of $1.0 million. During the fiscal year
ended December 28, 2003, the Company redeemed $55.0 million face value of 10.875% senior notes
for a redemption price of $57.3 million. During the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005, the
Company redeemed the remaining $48.1 million face value of 10.875% senior notes for a
redemption price of $49.5 million.
Financing Agreement for Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan
The Company has a $160.0 million financing agreement with The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc.
and a syndicate of other lenders which replaces the previous $140.0 million revolving credit
facility. The financing agreement consists of a non-amortizing $140.0 million revolving
credit facility and a $20.0 million amortizing term loan. The financing agreement is secured by a
first priority security interest in substantially all of the Companys assets.
The revolving credit facility may be terminated by the lenders by giving at least 90 days
prior written notice before any anniversary date, commencing with its anniversary date on
March 20, 2008. The Company may terminate the revolving credit facility by giving at least 30
days prior written notice, provided that if the Company terminates prior to March 20, 2008,
the Company must pay an early termination fee. Unless it is terminated, the revolving credit
facility will continue on an annual basis from anniversary date to anniversary date beginning
on March 21, 2008. The revolving credit facility bears interest at various rates based on the
Companys overall borrowings, with a floor of LIBOR plus 1.25% or the JP Morgan Chase Bank
prime lending rate and a ceiling of LIBOR plus 1.75% or the JP Morgan Chase Bank prime lending
rate plus 0.25%). At January 2, 2005, loans under the credit facility bore interest at a rate
of LIBOR (2.40% at January 2, 2005) plus 1.25% or the JP Morgan Chase Bank prime lending rate
(5.25% at January 2, 2005). An annual fee of 0.325%, payable monthly, is assessed on the
unused portion of the credit facility. On January 2, 2005, the Company had $61.3 million in
LIBOR and prime lending rate borrowings and letters of credit of $0.2 million outstanding.
The Companys maximum eligible borrowing available under the credit facility is limited to
73.66% of the aggregate value of eligible inventory during October, November and December and 67.24%
during the remainder of the year.
The term loan is amortized over three years, with the first payment of $6.7 million due
December 15, 2005, the second payment of $6.7 million due December 15, 2006, and the final
payment of $6.7 million due December 15, 2007. The Company may prepay without penalty the
principal amount of the term loan, subject to certain financial restrictions. The term loan
bears interest at various rates based on the Companys overall borrowings, with a floor of
LIBOR plus 3.00% or the JP Morgan Chase Bank prime lending rate plus 1.00% and a ceiling of
LIBOR plus 3.50% or the JP Morgan Chase Bank prime lending rate plus 1.50%. At January 2,
2005, loans under the term loan bore interest at a rate of LIBOR (2.40% at January 2, 2005)
plus 3.50% or the JP Morgan Chase Bank prime lending rate (5.25% at January 2, 2005) plus
1.50%.
F-16
The financing agreement contains covenants restricting the ability of the Company to, among
other things, incur additional debt, create or allow liens, pay dividends, merge or
consolidate with or invest in other companies, sell, lease or transfer all or substantially
all of its properties or assets, or make certain payments with respect to its outstanding
capital stock, issue preferred stock and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. In
addition, the Company must comply with certain financial covenants. In April 2005, the
Company obtained an extension from May 2, 2005 to July 1, 2005 to deliver its audited
financial statements for fiscal 2004 as required by the financing agreement. In June 2005,
the Company obtained a further extension of the reporting requirement from July 1, 2005, to
August 15, 2005. In August 2005, the Company obtained a further extension of the reporting
requirement from August 15, 2005 to August 31, 2005 and
then an additional extension to September 9, 2005.
(6) |
|
Fair Values of Financial Instruments |
The fair value of cash, trade and other receivables, trade accounts payable and accrued
expenses approximate the fair values of these instruments due to their short-term nature. The
carrying amount of the financing agreement reflects the fair value based on current rates
available to the Company for debt with the same remaining maturities.
The Company currently leases certain stores, distribution facilities, vehicles and equipment
under noncancelable operating leases that expire through the year 2020. These leases
generally contain renewal options for periods ranging from 5 to 15 years and require the
Company to pay all executory costs such as maintenance and insurance.
Rental expense for operating leases consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
|
December 29, |
|
|
December 28, |
|
|
January 2, |
|
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
|
|
Cash rental payments |
|
$ |
33,693 |
|
|
$ |
36,768 |
|
|
$ |
41,696 |
|
Noncash rentals |
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
(107 |
) |
|
|
(340 |
) |
Contingent rentals |
|
|
1,730 |
|
|
|
1,730 |
|
|
|
1,676 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rental expense |
|
$ |
35,600 |
|
|
$ |
38,391 |
|
|
$ |
43,032 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future minimum lease payments (cash rentals) under operating leases (with initial or remaining
lease terms in excess of one year) as of January 2, 2005 are:
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending: |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
$ |
45,745 |
|
2006 |
|
|
43,234 |
|
2007 |
|
|
40,283 |
|
2008 |
|
|
37,970 |
|
2009 |
|
|
31,966 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
116,981 |
|
The operating lease schedule above includes minimum lease payments for option periods where
the exercise of such renewal options is reasonably assured at the inception of the lease.
F-17
Accrued expenses consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 28, |
|
|
January 2, |
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
|
|
Payroll and related expenses |
|
$ |
15,092 |
|
|
$ |
18,402 |
|
Self
Insurance |
|
|
6,322 |
|
|
|
7,307 |
|
Advertising |
|
|
4,782 |
|
|
|
5,867 |
|
Sales tax |
|
|
8,831 |
|
|
|
8,960 |
|
Gift cards and certificates |
|
|
4,375 |
|
|
|
5,888 |
|
Occupancy
costs |
|
|
4,399 |
|
|
|
4,254 |
|
Income tax |
|
|
532 |
|
|
|
676 |
|
Other |
|
|
7,154 |
|
|
|
6,369 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
51,487 |
|
|
$ |
57,723 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
Total |
|
2002 (restated): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
6,395 |
|
|
$ |
4,319 |
|
|
$ |
10,714 |
|
State |
|
|
1,497 |
|
|
|
(131 |
) |
|
|
1,366 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,892 |
|
|
$ |
4,188 |
|
|
$ |
12,080 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 (restated): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
13,554 |
|
|
$ |
(853 |
) |
|
$ |
12,701 |
|
State |
|
|
2,895 |
|
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
2,987 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
16,449 |
|
|
$ |
(761 |
) |
|
$ |
15,688 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
18,040 |
|
|
$ |
(206 |
) |
|
$ |
17,834 |
|
State |
|
|
5,049 |
|
|
|
(1,105 |
) |
|
|
3,944 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
23,089 |
|
|
$ |
(1,311 |
) |
|
$ |
21,778 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provision for income taxes differs from the amounts computed by applying the federal
statutory tax rate of 35% to earnings before income taxes, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
|
December 29, |
|
|
December 28, |
|
|
January 2, |
|
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
|
|
Tax expense at statutory rate |
|
$ |
10,273 |
|
|
$ |
13,687 |
|
|
$ |
19,354 |
|
State taxes, net of federal benefit |
|
|
1,448 |
|
|
|
1,899 |
|
|
|
2,565 |
|
Other |
|
|
359 |
|
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
(141 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
12,080 |
|
|
$ |
15,688 |
|
|
$ |
21,778 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following tax-effected temporary
differences:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 28, |
|
|
January 2, |
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
(as restated) |
|
|
|
|
Deferred assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Self-insurance liabilities |
|
$ |
2,520 |
|
|
$ |
2,896 |
|
Employee benefits |
|
|
3,012 |
|
|
|
3,189 |
|
State taxes |
|
|
1,013 |
|
|
|
1,539 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
6,639 |
|
|
|
7,104 |
|
Tax credits |
|
|
680 |
|
|
|
775 |
|
Other |
|
|
564 |
|
|
|
929 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
14,428 |
|
|
|
16,432 |
|
Deferred liabilities basis difference in fixed assets |
|
|
2,859 |
|
|
|
3,551 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets |
|
$ |
11,569 |
|
|
$ |
12,881 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more
likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable
income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management
considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income
and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical
taxable income and projections of future taxable income over the periods during which the
deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the
Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences. The amount of the deferred
tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of
future taxable income during the carry-forward period are reduced.
(10) |
|
Employee Benefit Plans |
The Company has a 401(k) plan covering eligible employees. Employee contributions may be
supplemented by Company contributions. The Company contributed $2.0 million for the fiscal
year ended December 29, 2002, $2.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2003 and
$2.8 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005 in employer matching and profit sharing
contributions.
The Company has an employment agreement with Robert W. Miller, Chairman Emeritus, that
stipulates upon his retirement he will receive $350,000 per year for the remainder of his
life. Upon his death, his spouse will continue to receive this benefit for the remainder of
her life. The Company has recorded a liability of $1.7 million and $1.9 million as of December
28, 2003 and January 2, 2005, respectively, based on actuarial valuation estimates related to
the employment agreement with the executive. The actuarial assumptions used included a
discount rate of 5.50% as well as the use of a mortality table as of January 2, 2005.
(11) |
|
Related Party Transactions |
Green Equity Investors, L.P. and Grand Avenue Associates, L.P., both affiliates of Leonard
Green & Partners, L.P., purchased an aggregate of 350,000 shares of the Companys common stock
at the initial public offering price of $13.00 per share. Green Equity Investors, L.P. owned
more than 27% of our outstanding common stock until it sold substantially all of its shares in
a secondary public offering in November 2003.
Prior to September 1992, the predecessor to what is now the Companys wholly owned operating
subsidiary, Big 5 Corp., was a wholly owned subsidiary of Thrifty Corporation (Thrifty),
which was in turn a wholly owned subsidiary of Pacific Enterprises. In December 1996, Thrifty
was acquired by Rite Aid Corp. (Rite Aid).
As a result of the Companys prior relationship with Thrifty and its affiliates, the Company
continues to maintain certain relationships with Rite Aid and Pacific Enterprises successor
company, Sempra Energy. These relationships include continuing indemnification obligations of
Sempra Energy to the Company for certain environmental matters and obligations under ERISA
arising out of Pacific Enterprises prior ownership of all of the capital stock of Thrifty
Corporation and the predecessor to what is now the Companys wholly owned subsidiary,
including (1) indemnification for certain environmental liability costs incurred by the
Company resulting from a contravention of applicable law relating to the prior and then
existing use and ownership of the properties and assets (including all real estate) previously
owned by Pacific Enterprises and (2) indemnification for certain liability costs incurred by the Company resulting from a
contravention by Pacific Enterprises of any applicable law relating to benefit plans sponsored
by Thrifty PayLess,
F-19
Inc. or Thrifty Corporation. The indemnification obligations of Sempra
Energy relating to environmental liabilities, which pursuant to their terms are limited in
scope and aggregate maximum dollar amounts, will continue until September 25, 2012, while the
indemnification obligations relating to Sempra Energys obligations under ERISA will continue
until the expiration of all applicable statutes of limitations. Green Equity Investors III,
L.P., an affiliate of Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., holds convertible preferred stock in
Rite Aid, which, if converted, would represent approximately 7.3% of Rite Aids outstanding
stock. No income or expense was recorded in fiscal 2002, 2003 or 2004 in relation to these
indemnification provisions.
The Company leases certain property and equipment from Rite Aid, which leases this property
and equipment from an outside party. Charges related to these leases totaled $0.2 million,
$0.2 million and $0.4 million for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002, December 28, 2003
and January 2, 2005, respectively.
The Company had a Management Services Agreement with Leonard Green & Associates, L.P., an
affiliate of Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., which was due to expire in May 2005, under which
$0.3 million, plus expenses, was paid annually for financial advisory and investment banking
services. The agreement was terminated in conjunction with the initial public offering in
fiscal 2002 for a fee of $0.9 million. During the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 the
Company paid $1.0 million to this advisor group.
On July 2, 2002, the Company used a portion of the net proceeds from its initial public
offering to redeem all of the Companys outstanding shares of Series A 13.45% senior
exchangeable preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Green Equity Investors, L.P. and its
affiliates owned 309,071 of the 350,000 outstanding shares of preferred stock and received
approximately $60.6 million upon redemption of such shares.
The Company had an amended and restated stockholders agreement with Green Equity Investors,
L.P., Robert W. Miller and Steven G. Miller. In accordance with the terms of the amended and
restated stockholders agreement, Green Equity Investors, L.P. designated Mr. Danhakl for
nomination to the Board of Directors at the 2003 annual meeting of stockholders, and Robert W.
Miller and Steven G. Miller voted all of their common stock in favor of electing Green Equity
Investors, L.P.s nominee. The amended and restated stockholders agreement terminated
pursuant to its terms subsequent to the Companys secondary offering in November 2003.
G. Michael Brown is a director of the Company and a partner of the law firm of Musick, Peeler
& Garrett LLP. From time to time, the Company retains Musick, Peeler & Garrett LLP to handle
various litigation matters. The Company paid the law firm of Musick, Peeler & Garrett LLP
$0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.9 million in fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively,
for services provided.
The Company has an employment agreement with Robert W. Miller which provides that he will
serve as Chairman Emeritus of the Board of Directors for a term of three years from any given
date, such that there will always be a minimum of at least three years remaining under his
employment agreement. The employment agreement provides for Robert W. Miller to receive an
annual base salary of $350,000, as well as specified perquisites. If Robert W. Millers
employment is terminated by either Robert W. Miller or the Company for any reason, the
employment agreement provides that the Company will pay Robert W. Miller his annual base
salary and provide specified benefits for the remainder of his life. The employment agreement
also provides that in the event Robert W. Miller is survived by his wife, the Company will pay
his wife his annual base salary and provide her specified benefits for the remainder of her life. Robert W. Miller is
the co-founder of the Company and the father of Steven G. Miller, Chairman of the Board, Chief
F-20
|
|
Executive Officer and a director of the Company, and Michael D. Miller, a director of the
Company. The Company recognized expenses of $1.5 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million in fiscal 2002, 2003
and 2004, respectively, to establish a liability for future obligations under this agreement. |
|
(12) |
|
Contingencies |
|
|
|
On August 12, 2005, the Company was served with a complaint filed in the California Superior
Court in the County of Los Angeles, entitled William Childers v. Sandra N. Bane, et al., Case
No. BC337945 (Childers), alleging breach of fiduciary duty, violation of the Companys bylaws and unjust
enrichment by certain executive officers. This complaint was brought both as a purported
stockholder class action and as a purported derivative action on behalf of the Company against
all of the members of the Companys board of directors and certain executive officers. The
complaint alleges that the Companys directors breached their fiduciary duties and violated
the Companys bylaws by, among other things, failing to hold an annual stockholders meeting
on a timely basis and allegedly ignoring certain unspecified internal control problems, and
that certain executive officers were unjustly enriched by their receipt of certain
compensation items. The complaint seeks an order requiring that an annual meeting of the
Companys stockholders be held, an award of unspecified damages in favor of the Company and
against the individual defendants and an award of attorneys
fees. The Company believes that the complaint is without merit and
intends to defend the suit vigorously. An adverse result in this
litigation could harm the Companys financial condition and results of operations, and the
costs of defending this litigation could have a negative impact on the Companys results of
operations. The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its
directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, provide for
indemnification of the Companys directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments,
fines and settlement amounts (collectively, Liabilities) incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding arising
out of such persons services as a director or executive officer or at the Companys request,
including as a result of this complaint, if the applicable director or executive officer acted
in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the Company. Pursuant to these agreements, the
Company may advance expenses and indemnify, and in certain cases is
required to advance expenses and indemnify, its directors and
executive officers for certain Liabilities incurred in connection
with or related to the Childers action. |
|
|
|
In addition, the Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these
matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial position, results
of operations or liquidity. |
|
(13) |
|
Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited) |
|
|
|
The Selected Quarterly Financial Data set forth in this Note 13 has been revised to reflect
the restatement items described in Note 2, Prior Period Adjustment
and Restatement, above. |
F-21
Fiscal 2003
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Total |
|
As previously reported |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
164,517 |
|
|
$ |
170,125 |
|
|
$ |
183,275 |
|
|
$ |
191,823 |
|
|
$ |
709,740 |
|
Gross profit |
|
$ |
57,852 |
|
|
$ |
62,595 |
|
|
$ |
65,210 |
|
|
$ |
70,269 |
|
|
$ |
255,926 |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
3,397 |
|
|
$ |
6,268 |
|
|
$ |
6,744 |
|
|
$ |
9,881 |
|
|
$ |
26,290 |
|
Net income per share (basic) |
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
|
$ |
0.28 |
|
|
$ |
0.30 |
|
|
$ |
0.44 |
|
|
$ |
1.16 |
|
Net income per share (diluted) |
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
|
$ |
0.28 |
|
|
$ |
0.30 |
|
|
$ |
0.43 |
|
|
$ |
1.16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
980 |
|
|
$ |
126 |
|
|
$ |
334 |
|
|
$ |
(787 |
) |
|
$ |
653 |
|
Gross profit |
|
$ |
488 |
|
|
$ |
(580 |
) |
|
$ |
(130 |
) |
|
$ |
(913 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,134 |
) |
Net income |
|
$ |
3 |
|
|
$ |
(576 |
) |
|
$ |
(454 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,846 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,873 |
) |
Net income per share (basic) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(0.03 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.02 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.09 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.13 |
) |
Net income per share (diluted) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(0.03 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.02 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.08 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.13 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As restated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
165,497 |
|
|
$ |
170,251 |
|
|
$ |
183,609 |
|
|
$ |
191,036 |
|
|
$ |
710,393 |
|
Gross profit |
|
$ |
58,340 |
|
|
$ |
62,015 |
|
|
$ |
65,080 |
|
|
$ |
69,356 |
|
|
$ |
254,792 |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
3,400 |
|
|
$ |
5,692 |
|
|
$ |
6,290 |
|
|
$ |
8,035 |
|
|
$ |
23,417 |
|
Net income per share (basic) |
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.28 |
|
|
$ |
0.35 |
|
|
$ |
1.03 |
|
Net income per share (diluted) |
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.28 |
|
|
$ |
0.35 |
|
|
$ |
1.03 |
|
Fiscal 2004
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Total |
|
As previously reported |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
181,005 |
|
|
$ |
184,487 |
|
|
$ |
195,818 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Gross profit |
|
$ |
65,639 |
|
|
$ |
67,681 |
|
|
$ |
70,412 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
6,799 |
|
|
$ |
7,504 |
|
|
$ |
8,351 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Net income per share (basic) |
|
$ |
0.30 |
|
|
$ |
0.33 |
|
|
$ |
0.37 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Net income per share (diluted) |
|
$ |
0.30 |
|
|
$ |
0.33 |
|
|
$ |
0.37 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
944 |
|
|
$ |
186 |
|
|
$ |
2,179 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Gross profit |
|
$ |
2,591 |
|
|
$ |
381 |
|
|
$ |
349 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
1,078 |
|
|
$ |
208 |
|
|
$ |
126 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Net income per share (basic) |
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Net income per share (diluted) |
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
F-22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Total |
|
As restated (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
181,949 |
|
|
$ |
184,673 |
|
|
$ |
197,997 |
|
|
$ |
217,596 |
|
|
$ |
782,215 |
|
Gross profit |
|
$ |
68,230 |
|
|
$ |
68,062 |
|
|
$ |
70,761 |
|
|
$ |
78,529 |
|
|
$ |
285,582 |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
7,877 |
|
|
$ |
7,712 |
|
|
$ |
8,477 |
|
|
$ |
9,453 |
|
|
$ |
33,519 |
|
Net income per share (basic) |
|
$ |
0.35 |
|
|
$ |
0.34 |
|
|
$ |
0.37 |
|
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
$ |
1.48 |
|
Net income per share (diluted) |
|
$ |
0.34 |
|
|
$ |
0.34 |
|
|
$ |
0.37 |
|
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
$ |
1.47 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The fourth quarter and full year of fiscal 2004 had not been reported
previously, and therefore did not require restatement. |
(14) |
|
Stock Options, Restricted Stock and Warrant |
|
|
|
1997 Management Equity Plan |
|
|
|
The 1997 Management Equity Plan (1997 Plan) provides for the sale of shares or granting of
incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options to officers, directors and selected key
employees of the Company to purchase shares of the Companys common stock. The 1997 Plan is
administered by the board of directors of the Company and the granting of awards under the
1997 Plan is discretionary with respect to the individuals to whom and the times at which
awards are made, the number of options awarded or shares sold, and the vesting and exercise
period of such awards. The options and stock granted under the 1997 Plan must have an exercise
or sale price that is no less than 85% of the fair value of the Companys common stock at the
time the stock option or stock is granted or sold. The aggregate number of common shares that
may be allocated to awards under the 1997 Plan is 4,536,000 shares. No more than 810,000 of
these shares shall be subject to stock options outstanding at any time. Options granted or
restricted stock sold under the 1997 Plan vest ratably over five years from the date the
options are granted or the restricted stock is issued and have an exercise period not to
exceed 120 months from the date the stock options are granted or the restricted stock is
issued. The 1997 Plan does not allow for the transfer of options or stock purchase rights. As
of December 29, 2002, December 28, 2003 and January 2, 2005, no options had been granted under
the 1997 Plan and 3,744,702 shares of restricted common stock had been sold under the 1997
Plan. The Company does not intend to make additional grants under the 1997 Plan. At January
2, 2005, all shares granted under the 1997 Plan were fully vested. |
|
|
|
Warrant |
|
|
|
In connection with the issuance of the senior discount notes in 1997, the Company issued a
warrant to purchase 486,000 shares of common stock. The warrant was exercisable at any time
with an exercise price of $0.00123 per share and would have expired on November 30, 2008. The
fair value of the warrant at the time of issuance was $0.3 million, determined by cash
purchases of common stock by third parties on the same date. The warrant was exercised in the
first quarter of fiscal 2003. |
|
|
|
2002 Stock Incentive Plan |
|
|
|
In June 2002, the Company adopted the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (2002 Plan). The 2002 Plan
provides for the grant of incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options to the
Companys employees, directors, and specified consultants. Under the 2002 Plan, the Company
may grant options to purchase up to 3,645,000 shares of common stock. Options granted under
the 2002 Plan vest ratably over various terms with a maximum life of ten years. At January 2,
2005, options to |
F-23
|
|
purchase 720,150 shares of common stock had been granted and remain outstanding under the 2002
Plan. |
|
|
|
Stock option activity for all plans during the periods presented was as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No. of |
|
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
Balance at December 30, 2001 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
61,000 |
|
|
$ |
12.91 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 29, 2002 |
|
|
61,000 |
|
|
|
12.91 |
|
Granted |
|
|
339,800 |
|
|
|
10.32 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(17,000 |
) |
|
|
10.69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 28, 2003 |
|
|
383,800 |
|
|
|
10.72 |
|
Granted |
|
|
393,200 |
|
|
|
24.36 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(13,500 |
) |
|
|
11.37 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(43,350 |
) |
|
|
17.63 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 2, 2005 |
|
|
720,150 |
|
|
$ |
17.74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a summary of stock options outstanding and exercisable at January 2, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding |
|
|
Exercisable |
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Weighted Average |
|
Exercise Prices |
|
Options |
|
|
Years Remaining |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
|
Options |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
$10.50 |
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
$ |
10.50 |
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
$ |
10.50 |
|
13.00 |
|
|
49,050 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
13.00 |
|
|
|
22,350 |
|
|
|
13.00 |
|
10.32 |
|
|
297,600 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
10.32 |
|
|
|
77,200 |
|
|
|
10.32 |
|
24.61 |
|
|
326,500 |
|
|
|
8.5 |
|
|
|
24.61 |
|
|
|
9,500 |
|
|
|
24.61 |
|
22.00 |
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
|
|
|
22.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22.00 |
|
24.32 |
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
|
|
|
24.32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24.32 |
|
27.23 |
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
|
|
|
27.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
720,150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
110,050 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Charged to costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of |
|
|
|
beginning of period |
|
|
and expenses |
|
|
Deductions |
|
|
period |
|
December 29, 2002 (as restated) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful receivables |
|
|
554 |
|
|
|
229 |
|
|
|
(323 |
) |
|
|
460 |
|
Allowance for sales returns |
|
|
1,897 |
|
|
|
1,011 |
|
|
|
(452 |
) |
|
|
2,456 |
|
Inventory valuation allowance |
|
|
1,403 |
|
|
|
2,070 |
|
|
|
(2,361 |
) |
|
|
1,112 |
|
December 28, 2003 (as restated) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful receivables |
|
|
460 |
|
|
|
175 |
|
|
|
(376 |
) |
|
|
259 |
|
Allowance for sales returns |
|
|
2,456 |
|
|
|
1,066 |
|
|
|
(946 |
) |
|
|
2,576 |
|
Inventory valuation allowance |
|
|
1,112 |
|
|
|
3,015 |
|
|
|
(2,822 |
) |
|
|
1,305 |
|
January 2, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful receivables |
|
|
259 |
|
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
(206 |
) |
|
|
258 |
|
Allowance for sales returns |
|
|
2,576 |
|
|
|
1,083 |
|
|
|
(848 |
) |
|
|
2,811 |
|
Inventory valuation allowance |
|
|
1,305 |
|
|
|
2,423 |
|
|
|
(2,330 |
) |
|
|
1,398 |
|
II-1
exv10w22
Exhibit 10.22
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION
STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
(2002 Stock Incentive Plan)
Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation (the Company), pursuant to its 2002 Stock
Incentive Plan (the Plan), hereby grants to Optionee the option to purchase
the number of Shares of the Company set forth below (the Option). This Option
is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Grant Notice,
the Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement) and the Plan, all of which
are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety, and the Amended
and Restated Employment Agreement dated June 14, 2002 by and among the Company,
Big 5 Corp. and the Optionee (the Employment Agreement).
|
|
|
|
|
Optionee:
|
|
Steven G. Miller
|
Date of Grant:
|
|
|
Number of Shares of Common Stock:
|
|
|
Exercise Price Per Share:
|
|
$ |
Initial Vesting Date:
|
|
[First day of
month following month in which option is granted]
|
Type of Option
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule: Subject to the restrictions and limitations of the Option
Agreement, the Plan and the Employment Agreement, this Option shall vest and
become exercisable in forty-eight (48) equal monthly installments commencing on
the Initial Vesting Date. On the first day of each month following the Initial
Vesting Date, this Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to an
additional 625 Shares.
Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionee acknowledges receipt
of, and has read and understands and agrees to, the Option Agreement and the
Plan. Optionee further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, the Option
Agreement, the Plan and the Employment Agreement set forth the entire
understanding between Optionee and the Company regarding the grant by the
Company of the Option referred to in this Grant Notice. Subject to the terms and
conditions of the Employment Agreement, Optionee hereby agrees to accept as
binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board or
the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION |
|
OPTIONEE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATTACHMENTS: Stock Option Agreement and 2002 Stock Incentive Plan
SPOUSE OF OPTIONEE:
Spouse has read and understands the Option Agreement and the Plan and is
executing this Grant Notice to evidence Spouses consent and agreement to be
bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Option Agreement and the Plan
(including those relating to the appointment of the Optionee as agent for any
interest that Spouse may have in the Option Shares).
Optionee Address:
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (together with the attached grant notice (the
Grant Notice), the Agreement) is made and entered into as of the date set
forth on the Grant Notice by and between Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation, a
Delaware corporation (the Company), and the individual (the Optionee) set
forth on the Grant Notice.
A. Pursuant to the Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation 2002 Stock Incentive
Plan (the Plan), the Administrator has determined that it is to the advantage
and best interest of the Company to grant to Optionee an option (the Option)
to purchase the number of shares of the Common Stock of the Company (the
Shares or the Option Shares) set forth on the Grant Notice, at the exercise
price determined as provided herein, and in all respects subject to the terms,
definitions and provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by
reference.
B. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this
Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained
herein, the Optionee and the Company hereby agree as follows:
1. Grant and Terms of Stock Option.
1.1 Grant of Option. Pursuant to the Grant Notice, the Company has granted
to the Optionee the right and option to purchase, subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, all or any part of the
number of shares of the Common Stock of the Company set forth on the Grant
Notice at a purchase price per share equal to the exercise price per Share set
forth on the Grant Notice. If the Grant Notice indicates (under Type of
Option) that this Option is an ISO, then this Option is intended by the
Company and Optionee to be an Incentive Stock Option. However, if the Grant
Notice indicates that this Option is a NQSO, then this Option is not intended
to be an Incentive Stock Option and is instead intended to be a Nonqualified
Stock Option.
1.2 Vesting and Exercisability. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and
the other provisions of this Agreement, this Option shall vest and become
exercisable in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of termination of Optionees
Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant for any reason, with or
without Cause, including as a result of death or Disability, this Option shall
immediately cease vesting and shall be cancelled to the extent of the number of
Shares as to which this Option has not vested as of the date of termination.
1.3 Term of Option. No portion of this Option may be exercised more than
ten years from the date of this Agreement. In the event of termination of
Optionees Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant, this Option
shall be cancelled as to any
unvested Shares as provided in Section 1.2, and shall terminate and be cancelled
with respect to any vested Shares on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the
ten year period set forth in the first sentence of this Section 1.3, or (ii) 90
days after termination of Optionees Continuous Status as an Employee, Director
or Consultant (or 12 months in the case of termination as a result of Optionees
Disability or death); provided, however, if Optionees Continuous Status as an
Employee, Director or Consultant is terminated for Cause, this entire Option
shall be cancelled and terminated as of the date of such termination and shall
no longer be exercisable as to any Shares, whether or not previously vested.
2. Method of Exercise.
2.1 Delivery of Notice of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by
written notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A which shall state the
election to exercise this Option, the number of Shares in respect of which this
Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements with
respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed
by Optionee (or by Optionees beneficiary or other person entitled to exercise
this Option in the event of Optionees death under the Plan) and shall be
delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The
written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the exercise price. This
Option shall not be deemed exercised until the Company receives such written
notice accompanied by the exercise price and any other applicable terms and
conditions of this Agreement are satisfied. This Option may not be exercised for
a fraction of a Share.
2.2 Restrictions on Exercise. No Shares will be issued pursuant to the
exercise of this Option unless and until there shall have been full compliance
with all applicable requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(whether by registration or satisfaction of exemption conditions), all
Applicable Laws, and all applicable listing requirements of any national
securities exchange or other market system on which the Common Stock is then
listed. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require
Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be
necessary or appropriate, in the judgment of the Administrator, to comply with
any Applicable Law.
2.3 Method of Payment. Payment of the exercise price shall be made in full
at the time of exercise in cash or by check payable to the order of the Company,
or, subject in each case to the advance approval of the Administrator in its
sole discretion, (a) by delivery of shares of Common Stock already owned by
Optionee, (b) by delivery of a full recourse promissory note made by Optionee in
favor of the Company, (c) by a brokers exercise involving the sale, at the
time of the exercise of the Option, of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal
to the exercise price, and the simultaneous remission of the exercise price to
the Company, or (d) by any combination of the foregoing. Shares of Common Stock
used to satisfy the exercise price of this Option shall be valued at their Fair
Market Value determined on the date of exercise (or if such date is not a
business day, as of the close of the business day immediately preceding such
date). In addition, the Administrator may impose such other conditions in
connection with the delivery of shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of the
exercise price as it deems appropriate in its sole discretion, including without
limitation a requirement that the shares of Common Stock delivered have been
held
-2-
by the Optionee for a specified period of time. Any promissory note delivered
pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall have terms and provisions (including, without
limitation, those relating to the maturity date, payment schedule and interest
rate) as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, shall be
secured by the Shares acquired and shall comply with all Applicable Laws
(including, without limitation, state and federal margin requirements).
2.4 Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of Incentive Stock Option. If this
Option is an Incentive Stock Option and the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes
of any of the Shares acquired upon exercise of this Option on or before the
later of (i) two years after the date of grant, or (ii) one year after the date
such Shares were acquired, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in
writing of such disposition. The Optionee agrees that he or she may be subject
to income tax withholding by the Company on the taxable income recognized as a
result of such disposition and that the Optionee shall be required to satisfy
such withholding obligations either by making a payment to the Company in cash
or by withholding from current earnings of the Optionee.
3. Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any
manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or to a
beneficiary designated pursuant to the Plan, and may be exercised during the
lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. Subject to all of the other terms and
conditions of this Agreement, following the death of Optionee, this Option may,
to the extent it remained unexercised (but vested and exercisable by Optionee in
accordance with its terms) on the date of death, be exercised by Optionees
beneficiary or other person entitled to exercise this Option in the event of
Optionees death under the Plan. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this
Section 3, (i) if this Option is a Nonqualified Stock Option, this Option may be
assigned pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the
Code, and exercised by the spouse of the Optionee who obtained such Option
pursuant to such qualified domestic relations order, and (ii) this Option may be
assigned, in connection with the Optionees estate plan, in whole or in part,
during the Optionees lifetime to one or more members of the Optionees
immediate family or to a trust established exclusively for one or more of such
immediate family members. Rights under the assigned portion may be exercised by
the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in such Option pursuant
to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the
same as those in effect for the Option immediately before such assignment and
shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Administrator
deems appropriate. For purposes of this Section 3, the term immediate family
means an individuals spouse, children, stepchildren, grandchildren and parents.
4. Market StandOff. The Optionee agrees not to sell, make any short sale of,
loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of (including
by means of sales pursuant to Rule 144) any shares of Common Stock, or any
securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock,
during the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of the registration
statement for the initial public offering of the Companys stock and during the
90-day period beginning on the effective date of the registration statement for
any other underwritten offering (except as part of such underwritten
registration), unless the managing underwriters for the registered public
offering otherwise agree. This provision shall expire two years after the date
of the initial public offering of the Companys stock.
-3-
5. General.
5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under
the laws of the state of Delaware applicable to Agreements made and to be
performed entirely in Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law
provisions of Delaware or any other jurisdiction.
5.2 Notices. Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall
be given in writing by express courier or by postage prepaid, United States
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the address set forth
below or to such other address for a party as that party may designate by 10
days advance written notice to the other parties. Notice shall be effective upon
the earlier of receipt or 3 days after the mailing of such notice.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If to the Company:
|
|
Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation |
|
|
|
|
2525 East El Segundo Boulevard |
|
|
|
|
El Segundo, CA 90245 |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Senior Vice President and General Counsel |
If to Optionee, at the address set forth on the Grant Notice.
5.3 Community Property. Without prejudice to the actual rights of the
spouses as between each other, for all purposes of this Agreement, the Optionee
shall be treated as agent and attorney-in-fact for that interest held or claimed
by his or her spouse with respect to this Option and the parties hereto shall
act in all matters as if the Optionee was the sole owner of this Option. This
appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.
5.4 Modifications. This Agreement may be amended, altered or modified only
by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto
5.5 Application to Other Stock. In the event any capital stock of the
Company or any other corporation shall be distributed on, with respect to, or in
exchange for shares of Common Stock as a stock dividend, stock split,
reclassification or recapitalization in connection with any merger or
reorganization or otherwise, all restrictions, rights and obligations set forth
in this Agreement shall apply with respect to such other capital stock to the
same extent as they are, or would have been applicable, to the Option Shares on
or with respect to which such other capital stock was distributed.
5.6 Additional Documents. Each party agrees to execute any and all further
documents and writings, and to perform such other actions, which may be or
become reasonably necessary or expedient to be made effective and carry out this
Agreement.
5.7 No Third-Party Benefits. Except as otherwise expressly provided in
this Agreement, none of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the
benefit of, or enforceable by, any third-party beneficiary.
-4-
5.8 Successors and Assigns. Except as provided herein to the contrary,
this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties,
their respective successors and permitted assigns.
5.9 No Assignment. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the
Optionee may not assign any of his, her or its rights under this Agreement
without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld
in its sole discretion. The Company shall be permitted to assign its rights or
obligations under this Agreement, but no such assignment shall release the
Company of any obligations pursuant to this Agreement.
5.10 Severability. The validity, legality or enforceability of the
remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected even if one or more of the
provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect.
5.11 Equitable Relief. The Optionee acknowledges that, in the event of a
threatened or actual breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement, damages
alone will be an inadequate remedy, and such breach will cause the Company
great, immediate and irreparable injury and damage. Accordingly, the Optionee
agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive and other equitable
relief, and that such relief shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any
remedies they may have at law or under this Agreement.
5.12 Arbitration.
5.12.1 General. Any controversy, dispute, or claim between the
parties to this Agreement, including any claim arising out of, in connection
with, or in relation to the formation, interpretation, performance or breach of
this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, before a single
arbitrator, in accordance with this section 5.12 and the then most applicable
rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon any award rendered
by the arbitrator may be entered by any state or federal court having
jurisdiction thereof. Such arbitration shall be administered by the American
Arbitration Association. Arbitration shall be the exclusive remedy for
determining any such dispute, regardless of its nature. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, either party may in an appropriate matter apply to a court pursuant
to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1281.8, or any comparable
provision, for provisional relief, including a temporary restraining order or a
preliminary injunction, on the ground that the award to which the applicant may
be entitled in arbitration may be rendered ineffectual without provisional
relief. Unless mutually agreed by the parties otherwise, any arbitration shall
take place in the City of Los Angeles, California.
5.12.2 Selection of Arbitrator. In the event the parties are unable
to agree upon an arbitrator, the parties shall select a single arbitrator from a
list of nine arbitrators drawn by the parties at random from a list of twenty
persons (which shall be retired judges or corporate or litigation attorneys
experienced in stock options and buy-sell agreements) provided by the office of
the American Arbitration Association having jurisdiction over Los Angeles,
California. If the parties are unable to agree upon an arbitrator from the list
so drawn, then the parties shall each strike names alternately from the list,
with the first to strike being determined by lot. After each party has used four
strikes, the remaining name
-5-
on the list shall be the arbitrator. If such person is unable to serve for any
reason, the parties shall repeat this process until an arbitrator is selected.
5.12.3 Applicability of Arbitration; Remedial Authority. This
agreement to resolve any disputes by binding arbitration shall extend to claims
against any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of each party, and, when acting
within such capacity, any officer, director, shareholder, employee or agent of
each party, or of any of the above, and shall apply as well to claims arising
out of state and federal statutes and local ordinances as well as to claims
arising under the common law. In the event of a dispute subject to this
paragraph the parties shall be entitled to reasonable discovery subject to the
discretion of the arbitrator. The remedial authority of the arbitrator (which
shall include the right to grant injunctive or other equitable relief) shall be
the same as, but no greater than, would be the remedial power of a court having
jurisdiction over the parties and their dispute. The arbitrator shall, upon an
appropriate motion, dismiss any claim without an evidentiary hearing if the
party bringing the motion establishes that he or it would be entitled to summary
judgement if the matter had been pursued in court litigation. In the event of a
conflict between the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association
and these procedures, the provisions of these procedures shall govern.
5.12.4 Fees and Costs. Any filing or administrative fees shall be
borne initially by the party requesting arbitration. The Company shall be
responsible for the costs and fees of the arbitration, unless the Optionee
wishes to contribute (up to 50%) to the costs and fees of the arbitration.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the prevailing party in such arbitration, as
determined by the arbitrator, and in any enforcement or other court proceedings,
shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to reimbursement from the
other party for all of the prevailing partys costs (including but not limited
to the arbitrators compensation), expenses, and attorneys fees.
5.12.5 Award Final and Binding. The arbitrator shall render an award
and written opinion, and the award shall be final and binding upon the parties.
If any of the provisions of this paragraph, or of this Agreement, are determined
to be unlawful or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, such
determination shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement,
and this Agreement shall be reformed to the extent necessary to carry out its
provisions to the greatest extent possible and to insure that the resolution of
all conflicts between the parties, including those arising out of statutory
claims, shall be resolved by neutral, binding arbitration. If a court should
find that the arbitration provisions of this Agreement are not absolutely
binding, then the parties intend any arbitration decision and award to be fully
admissible in evidence in any subsequent action, given great weight by any
finder of fact, and treated as determinative to the maximum extent permitted by
law.
5.13 Headings. The section headings in this Agreement are inserted only as
a matter of convenience, and in no way define, limit, extend or interpret the
scope of this Agreement or of any particular section.
5.14 Number and Gender. Throughout this Agreement, as the context may
require, (a) the masculine gender includes the feminine and the neuter gender
includes the masculine and the feminine; (b) the singular tense and number
includes the plural, and the
-6-
plural tense and number includes the singular; (c) the past tense includes the
present, and the present tense includes the past; (d) references to parties,
sections, paragraphs and exhibits mean the parties, sections, paragraphs and
exhibits of and to this Agreement; and (e) periods of days, weeks or months mean
calendar days, weeks or months.
5.15 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
5.16 Complete Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan
constitute the parties entire agreement with respect to the subject matter
hereof and supersede all agreements, representations, warranties, statements,
promises and understandings, whether oral or written, with respect to the
subject matter hereof.
-7-
EXHIBIT A
NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION
Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation
2525 East El Segundo Boulevard
El Segundo, CA 90245
Attn: Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned hereby elects to exercise the option indicated below:
Option Grant Date:
Type of Option: Incentive Stock Option / Nonqualified Stock Option
Number of Shares Being Exercised:
Exercise Price Per Share:
Total Exercise Price: $
Method of Payment:
Enclosed herewith is payment in full of the total exercise price and a
copy of the Grant Notice.
My exact name, current address and social security number for purposes of
the stock certificates to be issued and the shareholder list of the Company are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sincerely, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Optionees Signature) |
-8-
exv10w23
Exhibit 10.23
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION
STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
(2002 Stock Incentive Plan)
Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation (the Company), pursuant to its 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the
Plan), hereby grants to Optionee the option to purchase the number of Shares of the Company set
forth below (the Option). This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth
in this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement) and the Plan, all of
which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.
|
|
|
|
|
Optionee:
|
|
«Name»
|
Date of Grant:
|
|
|
Number of Shares of Common Stock:
|
|
|
Exercise Price Per Share:
|
|
$ |
Initial Vesting Date:
|
|
[One year after date of grant]
|
Type of Option
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule: Subject to the restrictions and limitations of the Option Agreement and the
Plan, this Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to 25.00% of the Shares subject to
this Option on the Initial Vesting Date. On each subsequent anniversary of the Initial Vesting
Date, this Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to an additional 25.00% of the
Shares subject to this Option.
Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionee acknowledges receipt of, and has read
and understands and agrees to, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionee further acknowledges
that as of the Date of Grant, the Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding
between Optionee and the Company regarding the grant by the Company of the Option referred to in
this Grant Notice. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions
or interpretations of the Board or the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION |
|
OPTIONEE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATTACHMENTS: Stock Option Agreement and 2002 Stock Incentive Plan
SPOUSE OF OPTIONEE:
Spouse has read and understands the Option Agreement and the Plan and is executing this Grant
Notice to evidence Spouses consent and agreement to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of
the Option Agreement and the Plan (including those relating to the appointment of the Optionee as
agent for any interest that Spouse may have in the Option Shares).
BIG 5 SPORTING GOODS CORPORATION
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (together with the attached grant notice (the Grant Notice), the
Agreement) is made and entered into as of the date set forth on the Grant Notice by and between
Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Company), and the individual (the
Optionee) set forth on the Grant Notice.
A. Pursuant to the Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan),
the Administrator has determined that it is to the advantage and best interest of the Company to
grant to Optionee an option (the Option) to purchase the number of shares of the Common Stock of
the Company (the Shares or the Option Shares) set forth on the Grant Notice, at the exercise
price determined as provided herein, and in all respects subject to the terms, definitions and
provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.
B. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the
meanings set forth in the Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, the Optionee and
the Company hereby agree as follows:
1. Grant and Terms of Stock Option.
1.1 Grant of Option. Pursuant to the Grant Notice, the Company has granted to the
Optionee the right and option to purchase, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
Plan and this Agreement, all or any part of the number of shares of the Common Stock of the Company
set forth on the Grant Notice at a purchase price per share equal to the exercise price per Share
set forth on the Grant Notice. If the Grant Notice indicates (under Type of Option) that this
Option is an ISO, then this Option is intended by the Company and Optionee to be an Incentive
Stock Option. However, if the Grant Notice indicates that this Option is a NQSO, then this
Option is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option and is instead intended to be a Nonqualified
Stock Option.
1.2 Vesting and Exercisability. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the other
provisions of this Agreement, this Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the
schedule set forth in the Grant Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of termination
of Optionees Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant for any reason, with or
without Cause, including as a result of death or Disability, this Option shall immediately cease
vesting and shall be cancelled to the extent of the number of Shares as to which this Option has
not vested as of the date of termination.
1.3 Term of Option. No portion of this Option may be exercised more than ten years from
the date of this Agreement. In the event of termination of Optionees Continuous Status as an
Employee, Director or Consultant, this Option shall be cancelled as to any
unvested Shares as
provided in Section 1.2, and shall terminate and be cancelled with respect to any vested Shares on
the earlier of (i) the expiration of the ten year period set forth in the first sentence of this
Section 1.3, or (ii) 90 days after termination of
Optionees Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant (or 12 months in the case of
termination as a result of Optionees Disability or death); provided, however, if Optionees
Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant is terminated for Cause, this entire
Option shall be cancelled and terminated as of the date of such termination and shall no longer be
exercisable as to any Shares, whether or not previously vested.
2. Method of Exercise.
2.1 Delivery of Notice of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by written notice in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit A which shall state the election to exercise this Option, the
number of Shares in respect of which this Option is being exercised, and such other representations
and agreements with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee (or by
Optionees beneficiary or other person entitled to exercise this Option in the event of Optionees
death under the Plan) and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the
Company. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the exercise price. This Option
shall not be deemed exercised until the Company receives such written notice accompanied by the
exercise price and any other applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement are satisfied. This
Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
2.2 Restrictions on Exercise. No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this
Option unless and until there shall have been full compliance with all applicable requirements of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (whether by registration or satisfaction of exemption
conditions), all Applicable Laws, and all applicable listing requirements of any national
securities exchange or other market system on which the Common Stock is then listed. As a
condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any
representation and warranty to the Company as may be necessary or appropriate, in the judgment of
the Administrator, to comply with any Applicable Law.
2.3 Method of Payment. Payment of the exercise price shall be made in full at the time of
exercise in cash or by check payable to the order of the Company, or, subject in each case to the
advance approval of the Administrator in its sole discretion, (a) by delivery of shares of Common
Stock already owned by Optionee, (b) by delivery of a full recourse promissory note made by
Optionee in favor of the Company, (c) by a brokers exercise involving the sale, at the time of
the exercise of the Option, of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price, and
the simultaneous remission of the exercise price to the Company, or (d) by any combination of the
foregoing. Shares of Common Stock used to satisfy the exercise price of this Option shall be
valued at their Fair Market Value determined on the date of exercise (or if such date is not a
business day, as of the close of the business day immediately preceding such date). In addition,
the Administrator may impose such other conditions in connection with the delivery of shares of
Common Stock in satisfaction of the exercise price as it deems appropriate in its sole discretion,
including without limitation a requirement that the shares of Common Stock delivered have been held
-2-
by the Optionee for a specified period of time. Any promissory note delivered pursuant to this
Section 2.3 shall have terms and provisions (including, without limitation, those relating to the
maturity date, payment schedule and interest rate) as determined by the Administrator in its sole
discretion, shall be secured by the Shares acquired and shall comply with all Applicable Laws
(including, without limitation, state and federal margin requirements).
2.4 Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of Incentive Stock Option. If this Option is an
Incentive Stock Option and the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired
upon exercise of this Option on or before the later of (i) two years after the date of grant, or
(ii) one year after the date such Shares were acquired, the Optionee shall immediately notify the
Company in writing of such disposition. The Optionee agrees that he or she may be subject to
income tax withholding by the Company on the taxable income recognized as a result of such
disposition and that the Optionee shall be required to satisfy such withholding obligations either
by making a payment to the Company in cash or by withholding from current earnings of the Optionee.
3. Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by
will or by the laws of descent or distribution or to a beneficiary designated pursuant to the Plan,
and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. Subject to all of the other
terms and conditions of this Agreement, following the death of Optionee, this Option may, to the
extent it remained unexercised (but vested and exercisable by Optionee in accordance with its
terms) on the date of death, be exercised by Optionees beneficiary or other person entitled to
exercise this Option in the event of Optionees death under the Plan. Notwithstanding the first
sentence of this Section 3, (i) if this Option is a Nonqualified Stock Option, this Option may be
assigned pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code, and exercised by
the spouse of the Optionee who obtained such Option pursuant to such qualified domestic relations
order, and (ii) this Option may be assigned, in connection with the Optionees estate plan, in
whole or in part, during the Optionees lifetime to one or more members of the Optionees immediate
family or to a trust established exclusively for one or more of such immediate family members.
Rights under the assigned portion may be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a
proprietary interest in such Option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the
assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the Option immediately before such
assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Administrator
deems appropriate. For purposes of this Section 3, the term immediate family means an
individuals spouse, children, stepchildren, grandchildren and parents.
4. Market StandOff. The Optionee agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any
option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of (including by means of sales pursuant to Rule
144) any shares of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable
for Common Stock, during the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of the registration
statement for the initial public offering of the Companys stock and during the 90-day period
beginning on the effective date of the registration statement for any other underwritten offering
(except as part of such underwritten registration), unless the managing underwriters for the
registered public offering otherwise agree. This provision shall expire two years after the date
of the initial public offering of the Companys stock.
-3-
5. General.
5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of
the state of Delaware applicable to Agreements made and to be performed entirely in Delaware,
without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of Delaware or any other jurisdiction.
5.2 Notices. Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in
writing by express courier or by postage prepaid, United States registered or certified mail,
return receipt requested, to the address set forth below or to such other address for a party as
that party may designate by 10 days advance written notice to the other parties. Notice shall be
effective upon the earlier of receipt or 3 days after the mailing of such notice.
|
|
|
If to the Company:
|
|
Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation |
|
|
2525 East El Segundo Boulevard |
|
|
El Segundo, CA 90245 |
|
|
Attention: Senior Vice President and General Counsel |
If to Optionee, at the address set forth on the Grant Notice.
5.3 Community Property. Without prejudice to the actual rights of the spouses as between
each other, for all purposes of this Agreement, the Optionee shall be treated as agent and
attorney-in-fact for that interest held or claimed by his or her spouse with respect to this Option
and the parties hereto shall act in all matters as if the Optionee was the sole owner of this
Option. This appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.
5.4 Modifications. This Agreement may be amended, altered or modified only by a writing
signed by each of the parties hereto.
5.5 Application to Other Stock. In the event any capital stock of the Company or any
other corporation shall be distributed on, with respect to, or in exchange for shares of Common
Stock as a stock dividend, stock split, reclassification or recapitalization in connection with any
merger or reorganization or otherwise, all restrictions, rights and obligations set forth in this
Agreement shall apply with respect to such other capital stock to the same extent as they are, or
would have been applicable, to the Option Shares on or with respect to which such other capital
stock was distributed.
5.6 Additional Documents. Each party agrees to execute any and all further documents and
writings, and to perform such other actions, which may be or become reasonably necessary or
expedient to be made effective and carry out this Agreement.
5.7 No Third-Party Benefits. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement,
none of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or enforceable by, any
third-party beneficiary.
-4-
5.8 Successors and Assigns. Except as provided herein to the contrary, this Agreement
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their respective successors and
permitted assigns.
5.9 No Assignment. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Optionee may not
assign any of his, her or its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the
Company, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion. The Company shall be permitted to
assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement, but no such assignment shall release the
Company of any obligations pursuant to this Agreement.
5.10 Severability. The validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this
Agreement shall not be affected even if one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be
held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.
5.11 Equitable Relief. The Optionee acknowledges that, in the event of a threatened or
actual breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement, damages alone will be an inadequate
remedy, and such breach will cause the Company great, immediate and irreparable injury and damage.
Accordingly, the Optionee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive and other
equitable relief, and that such relief shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any remedies
they may have at law or under this Agreement.
5.12 Arbitration.
5.12.1 General. Any controversy, dispute, or claim between the parties to this Agreement,
including any claim arising out of, in connection with, or in relation to the formation,
interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by
arbitration, before a single arbitrator, in accordance with this section 5.12 and the then most
applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon any award rendered by the
arbitrator may be entered by any state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof. Such
arbitration shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association. Arbitration shall be
the exclusive remedy for determining any such dispute, regardless of its nature. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, either party may in an appropriate matter apply to a court pursuant to California
Code of Civil Procedure Section 1281.8, or any comparable provision, for provisional relief,
including a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction, on the ground that the award
to which the applicant may be entitled in arbitration may be rendered ineffectual without
provisional relief. Unless mutually agreed by the parties otherwise, any arbitration shall take
place in the City of Los Angeles, California.
5.12.2. Selection of Arbitrator. In the event the parties are unable to agree upon an
arbitrator, the parties shall select a single arbitrator from a list of nine arbitrators drawn by
the parties at random from a list of twenty persons (which shall be retired judges or corporate or
litigation attorneys experienced in stock options and buy-sell agreements) provided by the office
of the American Arbitration Association having jurisdiction over Los Angeles, California. If the
parties are unable to agree upon an arbitrator from the list so drawn, then the parties shall each
strike names alternately from the list, with the first to strike being determined by lot. After
each party has used four strikes, the remaining name
-5-
on the list shall be the arbitrator. If such person is unable to serve for any reason, the parties shall repeat this process until an arbitrator
is selected.
5.12.3 Applicability of Arbitration; Remedial Authority. This agreement to resolve any
disputes by binding arbitration shall extend to claims against any parent, subsidiary or affiliate
of each party, and, when acting within such capacity, any officer, director, shareholder, employee
or agent of each party, or of any of the above, and shall apply as well to claims arising out of
state and federal statutes and local ordinances as well as to claims arising under the common law.
In the event of a dispute subject to this paragraph the parties shall be entitled to reasonable
discovery subject to the discretion of the arbitrator. The remedial authority of the arbitrator
(which shall include the right to grant injunctive or other equitable relief) shall be the same as,
but no greater than, would be the remedial power of a court having jurisdiction over the parties
and their dispute. The arbitrator shall, upon an appropriate motion, dismiss any claim without an
evidentiary hearing if the party bringing the motion establishes that he or it would be entitled to summary judgement if the matter had
been pursued in court litigation. In the event of a conflict between the applicable rules of the
American Arbitration Association and these procedures, the provisions of these procedures shall
govern.
5.12.4 Fees and Costs. Any filing or administrative fees shall be borne initially by the
party requesting arbitration. The Company shall be responsible for the costs and fees of the
arbitration, unless the Optionee wishes to contribute (up to 50%) to the costs and fees of the
arbitration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the prevailing party in such arbitration, as
determined by the arbitrator, and in any enforcement or other court proceedings, shall be entitled,
to the extent permitted by law, to reimbursement from the other party for all of the prevailing
partys costs (including but not limited to the arbitrators compensation), expenses, and
attorneys fees.
5.12.5 Award Final and Binding. The arbitrator shall render an award and written opinion,
and the award shall be final and binding upon the parties. If any of the provisions of this
paragraph, or of this Agreement, are determined to be unlawful or otherwise unenforceable, in whole
or in part, such determination shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement,
and this Agreement shall be reformed to the extent necessary to carry out its provisions to the
greatest extent possible and to insure that the resolution of all conflicts between the parties,
including those arising out of statutory claims, shall be resolved by neutral, binding arbitration.
If a court should find that the arbitration provisions of this Agreement are not absolutely
binding, then the parties intend any arbitration decision and award to be fully admissible in
evidence in any subsequent action, given great weight by any finder of fact, and treated as
determinative to the maximum extent permitted by law.
5.13 Headings. The section headings in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of
convenience, and in no way define, limit, extend or interpret the scope of this Agreement or of any
particular section.
5.14 Number and Gender. Throughout this Agreement, as the context may require, (a) the
masculine gender includes the feminine and the neuter gender includes the masculine and the
feminine; (b) the singular tense and number includes the plural, and the
-6-
plural tense and number includes the singular; (c) the past tense includes the present, and the present tense includes the
past; (d) references to parties, sections, paragraphs and exhibits mean the parties, sections,
paragraphs and exhibits of and to this Agreement; and (e) periods of days, weeks or months mean
calendar days, weeks or months.
5.15 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.
5.16 Complete Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the
parties entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all agreements,
representations, warranties, statements, promises and understandings, whether oral or written, with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
-7-
EXHIBIT A
NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION
Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation
2525 East El Segundo Boulevard
El Segundo, CA 90245
Attn: Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned hereby elects to exercise the option indicated below:
Option Grant Date:
Type of Option: Incentive Stock Option / Nonqualified Stock Option
Number of Shares Being Exercised:
Exercise Price Per Share:
Total Exercise Price: $
Method of Payment:
Enclosed herewith is payment in full of the total exercise price and a copy of the Grant
Notice.
My exact name, current address and social security number for purposes of the stock
certificates to be issued and the shareholder list of the Company are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sincerely, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Optionees Signature) |
-8-
exv10w24
Exhibit 10.24
Description of Compensation Payable to Non-Employee Directors
The following summarizes the current compensation and benefits received by the Companys
non-employee directors. It is intended to be a summary of existing arrangements and is not
intended to provide any additional rights to any director.
Non-employee directors receive an annual retainer of $20,000 for service on the board of directors,
plus $2,500 for attendance at each regularly scheduled meeting of the board of directors or each
committee meeting not otherwise held on the day of a board meeting, and $1,000 for attendance by
telephone at any specially called board meeting or committee meeting. The Chairs of the Audit
Committee and Compensation Committee receive additional annual retainers of $10,000 and $5,000,
respectively. In addition, in 2004, the Company adopted a policy pursuant to which each
non-employee director was initially granted options to purchase 10,000 shares of the Companys
common stock and will annually be granted options to purchase 5,000 shares of such stock. The
options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Companys common stock on
the date of grant and will vest in four equal annual installments. Initial grants under the policy
were made in August 2004 and annual grants thereafter will be made on the date of the Companys
annual meeting of stockholders. Directors are also reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in attending such meetings.
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation
|
|
|
Exact Name of Subsidiary |
|
State or Other Jurisdiction |
as Specified in its Charter |
|
of Incorporation or Organization |
|
|
|
Big 5 Corp.
|
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
Big 5 Services Corp.*
|
|
Virginia |
* |
Indicates indirect subsidiary of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation |
exv23w1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors
Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-104898) on
Form S-8 of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation (the Company) of our reports dated
September 6, 2005, with respect to
the consolidated balance sheets of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation and subsidiaries as of December
28, 2003 and January 2, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders
equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002, December 28,
2003 and January 2, 2005, and the related financial statement
schedule, managements assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of
January 2, 2005 and the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting as of January 2, 2005, which reports appear in the
January 2, 2005 annual report on Form 10-K of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation.
Our
report dated September 6, 2005, on the Companys consolidated financial statements refers
to a restatement of the consolidated financial statements as of December 28, 2003 and for the
fiscal years ended December 29, 2002 and December 28, 2003. Our report
dated September 6, 2005, on managements assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of
January 2, 2005, expresses our opinion that Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation did not maintain
effective internal control over financial reporting as of
January 2, 2005 because of the effect of material weaknesses on the achievement of the objectives of
the control criteria and contains explanatory paragraphs that state there were deficiencies in
the Companys internal control as follows:
1) |
|
The Company lacked the necessary depth of personnel with sufficient technical
accounting expertise to ensure the preparation of interim and annual financial statements
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This
material weakness in internal control over financial reporting
contributed to a pervasive breakdown in the Companys interim
and annual financial reporting processes. Specifically, account
reconciliation and management review and approval controls did not
operate effectively and, accordingly,
generally accepted accounting principles were not properly applied,
resulting in the following: |
|
a) |
|
The Companys policies and procedures did not provide for reconciliation of
certain accounts payable subaccounts correctly or on a sufficiently frequent basis,
resulting in material misstatements to accounts payable and cost of goods sold; |
|
|
b) |
|
Operating expenses were misstated because the Companys policies and procedures
did not provide for the recognition of rent expense over the entire
lease term of the Companys store
leases and did not provide for the recognition of landlord incentives as deferred rent,
but instead reduced the value of the Companys leasehold improvements; |
|
|
c) |
|
Inventory and cost of goods sold were misstated because
the Company incorrectly capitalized certain buyer related costs to inventory,
incorrectly determined the net realizable value of returned merchandise, and recorded
sales of damaged or returned merchandise as an offset to inventory rather than as a
sale; |
|
|
d) |
|
Inventory and accounts payable were materially misstated because the Companys
policies and procedures did not provide for the recognition of all inventory in-transit
at period end; |
|
|
e) |
|
Revenue, cost of goods sold, inventory, and the allowance for sales returns
were misstated because the Company did not provide an allowance for
estimated sales returns; and |
|
|
f) |
|
Accrued liabilities were misstated because the Companys policies
and procedures did not provide for the reconciliation of certain subaccounts timely or
provide for recognition of changes in estimates and certain
transactions in the correct accounting period. |
|
|
This
material weakness resulted in the material misstatement of the Companys annual financial
statements as of December 28, 2003, and for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002 and
December 28, 2003, and for the interim financial information for each of the interim periods in the
fiscal year ended December 28, 2003 and for the first three interim periods in the fiscal year ended
January 2, 2005, or represented more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of
the Companys annual or interim financial statements would not have been prevented or detected. As a
result, the Company restated its consolidated financial statements as
of December 28, 2003 and for
the fiscal years ended December 29, 2002 and December 28, 2003,
and for each of the interim periods in the fiscal year ended December
28, 2003 and for the first three interim periods in the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005, to reflect the correction
of these errors in accounting. |
2) |
|
The Company did not maintain effective controls over the documentation, review and
approval of manual journal entries. Certain individuals could create, record and approve
the same journal entry without regard to the dollar amount of the transaction and without any
further review or approval. In certain instances, journal entries relating to different
accounts were combined in a single compound journal entry. In other instances journal
entries did not have sufficient supporting written explanation or sufficient supporting
documentation and/or the supporting documentation had not been
retained for a sufficient
period of time. This material weakness resulted in material misstatements to amounts
recorded for cost of goods sold and selling and administrative
expense. These material
misstatements were corrected by restating the Companys consolidated financial statements
as of December 28, 2003 and for the fiscal years ended
December 29, 2002 and December 28, 2003, and for each of the
interim periods in the fiscal year ended December 28, 2003 and for the
first three interim periods in the fiscal year ended January 2, 2005. |
/s/ KPMG LLP
Los Angeles, California
September 6, 2005
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Steven G. Miller, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:
|
1. |
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation; |
|
|
2. |
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report; |
|
|
3. |
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included
in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
|
4. |
The registrants other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this
report is being prepared; |
|
b) |
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control
over financial reporting; and |
|
5. |
The registrants other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
|
b) |
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: September 6, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Steven G. Miller
|
|
|
Steven G. Miller |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Elizabeth F. Chambers,
Acting Controller, certify that:
|
1. |
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation; |
|
|
2. |
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report; |
|
|
3. |
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included
in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
|
4. |
The registrants other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which
this report is being prepared; |
|
|
b) |
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants
internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
5. |
The registrants other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and
the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions): |
|
a) |
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely
affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and |
|
|
b) |
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting. |
Date: September 6, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Elizabeth F. Chambers
|
|
|
Elizabeth F. Chambers |
|
|
Acting Controller (jointly
performing the function of principal financial officer with the Assistant Treasurer) |
|
|
exv31w3
Exhibit 31.3
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Thomas L. Robershaw, Assistant Treasurer, certify that:
|
1. |
|
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation; |
|
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report; |
|
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included
in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which
this report is being prepared; |
|
|
b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants
internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and
the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions): |
|
a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely
affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and |
|
|
b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting. |
Date: September 6, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Thomas L. Robershaw
|
|
|
Thomas L. Robershaw |
|
|
Assistant Treasurer (jointly performing the function of
principal financial officer with the Acting Controller) |
|
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation (the Company) on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending January 2, 2005 as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Steven G. Miller, President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:
|
(1) |
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and |
|
|
(2) |
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
/s/ Steven G. Miller
Steven G. Miller
President and Chief Executive Officer
September 6, 2005
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Big 5
Sporting Goods Corporation and will be retained by Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation and furnished
to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation (the Company) on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending January 2, 2005 as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I,
Elizabeth F. Chambers, Acting Controller of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to §
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:
|
(1) |
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and |
|
|
(2) |
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
/s/ Elizabeth F. Chambers
Elizabeth F. Chambers
Acting Controller (joint performing the function of principal
financial officer with the Assistant Treasurer)
September 6, 2005
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Big 5
Sporting Goods Corporation and will be retained by Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation and furnished
to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
exv32w3
Exhibit 32.3
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation (the
Company) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending January 2, 2005 as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Thomas L.
Robershaw, Assistant Treasurer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted
pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:
|
(1) |
|
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and |
|
|
(2) |
|
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
/s/ Thomas L. Robershaw
Thomas L. Robershaw
Assistant Treasurer (jointly performing the function of principal
financial officer with the Acting Controller)
September 6, 2005
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Big 5
Sporting Goods Corporation and will be retained by Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation and furnished
to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.